10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)

x  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2011

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-33813

MEMSIC, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 04-3457049 (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

One Tech Drive, Suite 325

Andover, MA 01810

Telephone: (978)738-0900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value	The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (Nasdaq Global Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x    No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

¨  Large accelerated filer  ¨  Accelerated filer  ¨  Non-accelerated filer  x  Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of June 30, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $40,713,239.

On March 13, 2012, 23,989,323 shares of our common stock were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or before April 29, 2012 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

2

MEMSIC, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

INDEX

PART I		Page
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.	Properties	25
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	25
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	25
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	26
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	27
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	45
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	73
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	73
Item 9B	Other Information	74
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	74
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	74
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	74
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	74
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	74
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	74
	Signatures	77

3

PART I

Item 1.   Business

We provide advanced semiconductor sensor and system solutions based on integrated micro electro-mechanical systems, or MEMS, technology and mixed signal circuit design. Our revenues have derived primarily from the sale of sensor products, principally accelerometers and magnetic sensors. During 2011, we continued to make progress in our business plan to transform ourselves into a multiple-product company serving diverse markets.

Sensor products.

Our sensors are used for motion and direction sensing applications. We combine proprietary thermal-based MEMS technology and advanced analog mixed signal processing circuitry design into a single chip using a standard complementary metal-oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, process.  We believe that this approach allows us to provide sensor solutions at a lower cost, with higher performance and greater functionality than our competitors. In addition, our technology platform allows us to easily integrate additional functions or create new sensors to expand into touch and flow sensors and related applications.  We expect that as MEMS technology advances, it will enable electronic systems to become smaller, faster, more energy-efficient and less expensive, and that the market for MEMS sensors will continue to expand as functions and products enabled by MEMS sensor solutions achieve broader penetration in the mobile phone, consumer, automotive, aerospace, medical and industrial markets.

Our accelerometer products are used to measure tilt, shock, vibration and acceleration, and have a wide range of applications such as mobile phones, automotive safety systems and video projectors.  Any product that requires the control or measurement of motion is a potential application for accelerometers. For example, in mobile phones, accelerometers enable a variety of value-added functions such as image orientation, gaming control and text scrolling. We are among the leading providers of accelerometers for image projectors, supplying to several Japanese original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”).  Our introduction of high-performance and smaller-sized accelerometer products is helping us penetrate cost-sensitive applications such as toys and games.

In automotive applications, accelerometers are deployed in airbag, electronic stability control, rollover protection, and navigation systems. Our largest customer is Autoliv, Inc., a leading European automotive safety systems supplier, which uses our accelerometers in its rollover protection and vehicle stability control systems. In consumer applications, accelerometers are used in global positioning systems, video gaming systems and interactive toys. Industrial and medical applications include inclination sensing, earthquake detection and cardiac pacemakers.

We also provide MEMS-based magnetic sensors that bring enhanced digital compass capabilities for mobile applications such as cell phones and personal navigation devices. Our anisotropic magneto-resistance (“AMR”) based magnetic sensor is well suited for discrete and integrated mobile solutions due to its high accuracy, good sensitivity across temperature and low power consumption. As the adoption of GPS-enabled smart phones is accelerating worldwide, we have benefited from this trend through increased sales of our magnetic sensors to a major manufacturer of smart phones. At the same time, we are working on more magnetic sensor applications to be used in automotive and industrial markets.

We continue to capitalize on our proprietary MEMS technology to develop new types of sensors that will broaden our market opportunities.  For example, in 2010, we introduced our new MEMS-based gas-flow meter for use in industrial applications, primarily in the China market.

System solution products.

Our system solution products consist of wireless sensors that connect the physical environment with enterprise management and information systems to provide advanced monitoring, automation and control solutions for a range of industries, as well as inertial systems that provide end-users and systems integrators with MEMS-based solutions for measurement of static and dynamic motion in a wide variety of challenging environments, including avionics, remotely operated vehicles, agricultural and construction vehicles, automotive test and wind power turbines.

We have also continued to invest in the development of next-generation, multi-sensor and micro-controller unit, or MCU integrated system products at both the integrated circuit level for the consumer and mobile market and at the module level for the high-end industrial, automotive, and general aviation markets. Our next-generation product lines will combine our core competency in cost competitive MEMS sensor IC design and manufacturing with the core competency in multi-sensor system integration that we acquired from Crossbow Technology, Inc. or Crossbow Technology, in 2010.  

4

Our operations.

We conduct research and development at our headquarters in Andover, Massachusetts and at facilities in San Jose, California, Chicago, Illinois and Wuxi, Jiangsu Province, China. Our research and development teams work closely with each other in our product and technology research and development activities. This enables us to access experienced and creative design talent in the United States, while benefiting from competitive engineering and manufacturing costs in China. In addition, our presence in China places us in close proximity to the supply chain for the large Chinese markets for mobile phones and consumer electronics.

Our two subsidiaries in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province, China, are primarily responsible for our manufacturing operations, including product and manufacturing engineering and quality assurance, as well as application engineering, product development and sales to support the Asia market.

We manufacture our sensor products utilizing a “semi-fabless” model by outsourcing the production of CMOS wafers and completing the post-CMOS MEMS process in-house. By outsourcing the standard CMOS manufacturing process, we are able to leverage mature semiconductor infrastructure and standard wafer fabrication processes and, in turn, more efficiently manage our capital expenditures. Moreover, we believe that retaining the key MEMS manufacturing process in-house enables us to protect and retain control over our key proprietary technology more effectively and to create a higher barrier to entry.

We manufacture our wireless system solution products and partial inertial system solution products through outsourcing most of the assembly process to third-party contract assembly vendors and performing final testing and programming functions in-house at our facility in Wuxi. Certain of our inertial system solution products, including all of our FAA certified products are still manufactured by Crossbow Technology under a manufacturing agreement that expires on December 31, 2012.

We maintain sales offices in Andover, Massachusetts and San Jose, California, in Shenzhen and Shanghai, China, in Taipei, Taiwan, and in Yokohama, Japan. We sell our products using our direct sales force, as well as through systems integrators, resellers, distributors and sales representatives worldwide.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our key competitive strengths include the following:

Proprietary technology enabling superior reliability, functionality and pricing.    We have proprietary rights to produce MEMS accelerometers based on a unique thermal technology which has higher shock tolerance, lower failure rate and lower cost relative to alternative mechanical solutions. Our accelerometers can be manufactured on a standard CMOS process with on-chip mixed signal processing, which enables us to enhance reliability and reduces our production cost. This standardized process enables us to easily integrate additional functions or create new sensors for MEMS applications beyond accelerometers and expand into the magnetic, touch and flow sensor markets.

Comprehensive system solutions offering.    Our solutions involve the development of a fully-integrated sensor system on a chip, together with the reference designs, algorithms, source code and, in some cases, the application content to facilitate rapid commercial introduction. For example, our line of magnetic sensors incorporates our Intelligent Heading Correction algorithms, which automatically calibrate the device and, compensate for the extraneous magnetic interference, providing high accuracy and promoting ease of use. Our Crossbow acquisition has enhanced our capabilities in designing and developing integrated “smart sensing” solutions. Integrated solutions such as this enable our customers to shorten their product development cycle and allow for rapid adoption of our products in new applications.

Leading market position and established customer relationships.    We are a pioneer in providing accelerometers to China’s large mobile phone market. We are also among the leading sensor providers in a diverse range of other applications such as keystone screen adjustment sensors for image projectors, supplying to several Japanese OEMs. In addition, our accelerometers are incorporated in vehicle stability control systems for the automotive market, where Autoliv, Inc. is a major customer. We have developed close working relationships with our customers and regularly work together with them on new applications development.

Efficient semi-fabless manufacturing model creating higher entry barrier.    Our semi-fabless model reduces capital expenditures while retaining manufacturing control over key MEMS-based process steps. We outsource the production of standard CMOS wafers, which we consider to be a commodity, to our foundry service provider, and perform in-house the proprietary post-CMOS MEMS process of building MEMS on top of the standard CMOS wafer. We believe that by performing proprietary manufacturing processes in-house, we create a higher barrier to entry.

5

Strong technology-driven management team.    Our management team has extensive experience in the MEMS and integrated circuit design industry. Our founder and CEO, Dr. Yang Zhao, has been dedicated to the research and development of MEMS sensors since the early 1990’s while he was a doctoral student at Princeton University, and is named as an inventor on ten patents we own and four of our pending patent applications in the United States.Furthermore, our management team has successfully guided us through our rapid business expansion while maintaining focus on the development and expansion of our core technological capabilities.

Our Strategy

Key elements of our strategy for growth include the following:

Increase penetration of existing markets and customers.    We are actively seeking design wins by building on our strong existing relationships with major OEM customers in the automotive and industrial markets in China, Taiwan, Japan, Europe and the United States. Our major OEM accounts have in the past generally focused on a particular OEM system or application, and we intend to take advantage of our strong relationships in these accounts to seek new design-in opportunities in a wider range of OEM systems and applications that capitalize on the more diverse range of technologies and sensor solutions that we can now offer.

Diversify into new sensor and integrated “smart sensing” system products.    We have a strong foundation and the capabilities to diversify into new sensor products, including temperature, pressure, flow sensors and gyroscopes. Emerging applications for sensors frequently lack incumbent competitors, providing an opportunity for a first-mover to define the dominant application technology. We also believe that there is an opportunity in integrated sensor products, which combine multiple sensing devices onto one chip and “smart sensing” systems that integrate sensors with on-board processors, and other elements such as wireless communications and software to provide a complete sensing solution.

Maintain cost leadership.    We intend to maintain our cost advantage by developing new innovative proprietary technologies, focusing on designing products on readily available foundry processes, and leveraging our low-cost manufacturing capabilities in China. For example, an important goal in integrating the businesses we acquired from Crossbow has been to drive down the manufacturing cost of the acquired products by transitioning manufacturing to our facility in China.

Leverage cross-continental research and development model to strengthen technology platform.    We have research and development teams in Andover, Chicago, San Jose and Wuxi that work closely with each other in our product and technology research and development activities. Our U.S. team is responsible for original research and development activities while our China team focuses on implementing the technology developed by our U.S. team. We believe that this cross-continental research and development model keeps us at the forefront of MEMS sensor research while maintaining a competitive cost base.

Engage in selective acquisitions to build new MEMS capabilities.We intend to continue to evaluate and potentially make acquisitions of technologies and businesses that are complementary to our product portfolio, such as our January 2010 acquisition of business lines from Crossbow and our 2008 acquisition of industrial gas-flow meter technology from MEMStron.  We believe that there is a large market potential for integrated system-on-chip sensor products which incorporate multiple types of sensors. While we develop our technologies in-house, we are also actively seeking opportunities to acquire or license key technologies from third parties as well. We believe our strong core technology platform and our newly enhanced smart sensing systems design capabilities will also provide us an advantage in integrating the acquired technologies to create a broader range of sensor solutions products in the market.

Corporate Information

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in February 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at One Tech Drive, Suite 325, Andover, Massachusetts 01810. Our telephone number is (978) 738-0900 and our website is www.memsic.com. Information contained on our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Conventions that Apply in this Annual Report on Form 10-K

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to:

• “U.S. dollars,” “$,” and “dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;

• “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this Annual Report on Form 10-K only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan; and

6

• “RMB” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of the People’s Republic of China.

• “Yen” and “Japanese Jen” are to the legal currency of Japan

Unless the context indicates otherwise, “we,” “us,” “our company,” “the Company,” “our,” and “MEMSIC” refer to MEMSIC, Inc. and its subsidiary.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates. Unless otherwise stated, the translations from RMB to U.S. dollars were made at the buying rate in effect on December 31, 2011 in The City of New York for cable transfers of RMB and Yen as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which was RMB6.29 to $1.00 and Yen76.98 to $1.00, respectively. We make no representation that the RMB, Yen or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Fluctuations in the value of RMB could negatively impact our result of operations” and “—Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue effectively” for discussions of the effects of fluctuating exchange rates and currency control on the value of our common stock. On December 31, 2011, the buying rate of RMB was RMB6.29 to $1.00 and the buying rate of Yen was Yen76.98 to $1.00.

7

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. These statements may relate to, but are not limited to, expectations of future operating results or financial performance, capital expenditures, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. These risks and other factors include, but are not limited to, those listed under “Risk Factors.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential,” “might,” “would,” “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. Actual events or results may differ materially.

There may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K after we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise. Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of any of the events described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Uncertain prospects for the global economy could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition

Global economies recently experienced a recession that affected all sectors of the economy.  There is no certainty that recent improvements in economic conditions will continue, or that economic conditions will not deteriorate again in the future. These uncertainties affect businesses such as ours in a number of ways, making it difficult to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities. Weak economic conditions may lead consumers and businesses to postpone spending, which may cause our customers to cancel, decrease or delay their existing and future orders with us. Financial difficulties experienced by our suppliers or distributors could result in product delays, increased accounts receivable defaults and inventory challenges. If uncertain economic conditions continue or further deteriorate, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, as a result of, among other things:

· reduced demand for our products, particularly in industries such as the automotive industry that have been severely affected by the global recession;

· increased risk of order cancellations or delays;

· increased pressure on the prices for our products, such as we have continued to experience in the handset market;

· greater difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; and

· risks to our liquidity, including the possibility that we might not have access to our cash and investments when needed.

We are unable to predict the prospects for recovery from the recent global downturn and the longer the duration of these uncertainties, the greater the risks we face in operating our business.

8

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate and are difficult to predict and if we do not meet financial expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock will likely decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.  Additionally, factors such as the acquisition of our new sensor solutions business from Crossbow Technology in January 2010, which has a different operating model than our historical sensor business, and the continued intense competitive pressure on prices for our sensor products used in mobile phone applications, make predicting our future performance based on the results of prior periods particularly difficult. For example, after a period of low growth from 2007 to 2010, our net sales in 2011 grew by 76.3%, from $38.7 million in 2010 to $68.2 million, but our gross margin decreased from 39.6% in 2010 to 35.0% in 2011. Our net loss in 2011 was $6.1 million, compared to $7.4 million in 2010. Our quarterly and annual net sales, gross margin and net profit may be significantly different from our historical amounts, and in future periods may fall below expectations.  Our gross margins have declined significantly since 2007, and could continue to decline.  These and other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, including the following factors, could cause our quarterly and annual operating results to fluctuate from period to period:

• the loss of one or more of our key customers;

• the cancellation or deferral of customer orders in anticipation of our new products or product enhancements, or due to a reduction in our customers’ end demand;

• changes in the price we charge for our products or our pricing strategies, which may be impacted by economic conditions or the pricing strategies of our competitors;

• the cyclicality of the semiconductor industry and seasonality in sales of products into which our products are incorporated;

• seasonal fluctuations of some of our product application markets as well as geographical markets; and

• the length of the product development cycle for our new products.

In addition, we plan our operating expenses, including research and development expenses, hiring of additional personnel and investments in inventory, in part on our expectations of future revenue, and our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term. We have recently implemented cost reduction measures to reduce our operating expenses.  However, if revenue for a particular quarter is lower than we expect, we may be unable to proportionately reduce our operating expenses for that quarter, which would harm our operating results for that quarter. If our operating results in future quarters fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.

The average selling prices of products in some of  our markets have historically decreased rapidly and will likely continue to do so in the future, which could harm our revenue and gross margins.

In the semiconductor industry, the average selling price of a product typically declines significantly over the life of the product. In the past, we have reduced the average selling prices of our products in anticipation of future competitive pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors and other factors. We expect that we will have to similarly reduce our products’ average selling prices over the life of any particular product in the future. Reductions in our average selling prices to one customer could also impact our average selling prices to other customers. A decline in average selling prices can harm our gross margins. For example, our gross margins continued to decline from 47.9% in 2008 and 45.6% in 2009 to 39.6% in 2010 to 35.0% in 2011, primarily as a result of decreasing unit prices in response to competitive pressures in the mobile handset market.  Our financial results will suffer if we are unable to offset reductions in our average selling prices by increasing our sales volumes, reducing our costs, adding new features to our existing products that enable us to increase the selling price, increasing our revenues from higher-margin products such as our new sensor solution products or developing new or enhanced products on a timely basis with higher selling prices or gross margins.

Acquisitions or investments that we make to expand our business may expose us to new risks and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments.

As part of our growth strategy, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire or invest in other businesses, intellectual property or technologies that would complement our current offerings, expand the breadth of markets we can address or enhance our technical capabilities. Acquisitions or investments that we may potentially make in the future entail a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our business, operating and financial results, including:

• problems integrating the acquired operations, technologies or products into our existing business and products;

• diversion of management’s time and attention from our core business;

• adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers;

• need for financial resources above our planned investment levels;

• failures in realizing anticipated synergies;

• difficulties in retaining business relationships with suppliers and customers of the acquired company;

• risks associated with entering markets in which we lack experience;

9

• potential loss of key employees of the acquired company;

• potential write-offs of acquired assets;

• potential expenses related to the amortization of intangible assets; and

• potential goodwill impairment charges.

Our failure to address these risks may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any such acquisition or investment may require a significant amount of capital investment, which would decrease the amount of cash available for working capital or capital expenditures. In addition, if we issue new equity securities to pay for acquisitions, our stockholders may experience dilution. If we borrow funds to finance acquisitions, such debt instruments may contain restrictive covenants that can, among other things, restrict us from distributing dividends.

Our Crossbow acquisition in particular exposes us to new risks that we have not previously faced.

The product lines we acquired from Crossbow are more highly integrated than our existing products, involve different technologies, more complex manufacturing, assembly and test processes and require more technical support than those required by our current product lines. The sales process and customer base for the Crossbow products also differs substantially from those of our current products. Our manufacture and sale of the inertial navigation systems for use in general aviation that we acquired from Crossbow are subject to extensive regulatory requirements, including requirements that we obtain and maintain certifications from the United States Federal Aviation Administration, or FAA. Malfunctions in these inertial navigation systems could expose users to the risk of injury or death, and a product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend. Prior to 2010, we had no previous experience in designing, manufacturing, selling and supporting products of this type, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in these endeavors. As of December 31, 2011, based on updated forecasts which indicated slower than anticipated growth of our system solutions business, we concluded that the goodwill attributable to the Crossbow acquisition was impaired, and we wrote down the value from $5.1 million to $0.6 million. We are substantially reliant for the operation of this business on former Crossbow management, engineering, sales and marketing personnel who have become our employees. We are still dependent on Crossbow to manufacture the FAA certified products for us under the contract we entered into with Crossbow as part of the acquisition.  If we experience unforeseen difficulties in transitioning the manufacture of the acquired products to our own facility in China, we may be unable to achieve the product cost improvements that we anticipate for these acquired businesses.  The integration of the lines of business, technologies, personnel and operations we acquired from Crossbow could result in significant diversion of our management’s attention and could also require the incurrence of substantial costs, which could adversely affect our profitability in the near term. Our failure to effectively address these risks, or to successfully integrate the businesses we acquired from Crossbow, or other businesses we may acquire, could have a material adverse effect on our business, our reputation and our results of operations.

We may not be able to compete effectively and increase or maintain revenue and market share.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors. If we do not compete successfully, our market share and revenue may decline. We and our distributors currently sell substantially all of our accelerometer and magnetic sensor products to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, and original design manufacturers, or ODMs. We face competition in the sensor market primarily from traditional capacitive/piezoresistive-based accelerometer manufacturers, and hall-effect magnetic sensor manufacturers. Our Crossbow acquisition exposes us to competition from additional sources that we historically did not experience. Most of our current competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources, brand recognition and a larger base of customers than we do. In addition, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing or potential customers. Moreover, many of our competitors have been doing business with customers for a longer period of time and have established relationships, which may provide them with information regarding future market trends and requirements that may not be available to us. Additionally, some of our larger competitors may be able to provide greater incentives to customers through rebates and similar programs. Some of our competitors with multiple product lines may bundle their products to offer a broader product portfolio or integrate sensor functionality into other products that we do not sell. These factors may make it difficult for us to gain or maintain market share.

Our ability to grow depends on our ability to secure and maintain relationships with OEM and ODM customers. If we cannot continue to achieve design wins, if our design wins do not result in large volume orders, or if we fail to meet an OEM’s development and service demands, our ability to grow will be limited.

Our ability to grow depends on our ability to continue to achieve design wins with OEMs and ODMs to whom we sell either directly or through our distributors. In order to achieve a design win, where our product is incorporated into an OEM’s or ODM’s product design, we may often need to make modifications to our products or develop new products that involve significant technological challenges. We may also incur significant product development costs by participating in lengthy field trials and extensive qualification programs. We cannot assure you that these efforts would result in a design win.

10

Furthermore, a design win is not a binding commitment to purchase our products and may not result in large volume orders of our products. Rather, it is a decision by an OEM or ODM to use our products in the design process of that OEM’s or ODM’s products. OEMs and ODMs can choose at any time to stop using our products in their designs or product development efforts. Moreover, even if our products were chosen to be incorporated into an OEM’s or ODM’s products, our ability to generate significant revenues from that OEM or ODM will depend on the commercial success of their products. Thus, a design win may not necessarily generate significant revenues if our customers’ products are not commercially successful.

In addition, OEMs and ODMs place considerable pressure on us to meet their tight development schedules. These customers also often require extensive and localized customer support. As a result, we may be required to significantly expand our customer support organization. Devoting a substantial amount of our limited resources to one or more of these customer relationships could result in opportunity costs which detract or delay us from completing other important product development projects for our other existing customers, which could in turn impair our relationships with existing customers and negatively impact sales of the products under development.

We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers, including OEMs and ODMs, and our ability to accurately forecast demand for and sales of our products is limited, which may result in excess or insufficient inventory and significant uncertainty and volatility with respect to our revenue from period to period.

We do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers, including OEMs and ODMs. Our customers may cancel or reschedule purchase orders. Our customers’ purchase orders may vary significantly from period to period, and it is difficult to forecast future order quantities. The lead time required by our foundry providers for wafer production is typically longer than the lead time that our customers provide to us for delivery of our products to them. Therefore, to ensure availability of our products for our customers, we typically ask our foundry providers to start wafer production based on forecasts provided by our customers in advance of receiving purchase orders. However, these forecasts are not binding purchase commitments, and we do not recognize revenue until our products are shipped to customers. Accordingly, we incur inventory and manufacturing costs in advance of anticipated sales. We cannot assure you that any of our customers will continue to place purchase orders with us in the future at the same level as in prior periods or that the volume of our customers’ purchase orders will be consistent with our expectations when we plan our expenditures in advance of receiving purchase orders. Our anticipated demand for our products may not materialize. In addition, manufacturing based on customer forecasts exposes us to risks of high inventory carrying costs and increased product obsolescence, which may increase our costs. If we overestimate demand for our products, or if purchase orders are cancelled or shipments are delayed, we may be left with excess inventory that we cannot sell. Conversely, if we underestimate demand, we may not have sufficient inventory and may lose market share and damage our customer relationships. Obtaining additional supply in the face of product shortages may be costly or impossible, particularly in the short term, which could prevent us from fulfilling orders. As a result, our results of operations may fluctuate significantly from period to period in the future.

The length of our sales cycle is unpredictable, which makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and may increase the volatility of our operating results.

We have a lengthy sales cycle that typically begins with our receipt of an initial request from a customer and ends when our customer executes a purchase order for production quantities. We typically need to obtain a design win to receive purchase orders. In some cases, due to the rapid growth of new product applications and technologies, this process can be time-consuming and requires substantial investment of our time and resources. In addition, our OEM and ODM customers may require significant time to test, evaluate and design our products into their products. Following a design win, OEMs and ODMs may need several months to begin large-volume production of the products that incorporate our products. Many factors beyond our control could affect the length of the sales cycle of our products. The uncertainties on the sales cycle length makes it difficult for us to forecast our revenue and may increase the volatility of our operating results.

We depend and expect to continue to depend on a limited number of customers for a high percentage of our revenues. As a result, the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, any of these customers would significantly reduce our revenues and harm our results of operations.

For 2011, two OEM customers, each of which accounted for 10% or more of our net sales, accounted in the aggregate for 55.6% of our total net sales.  For 2010, one OEM customer, accounted for more than 10% of our net sales.  For 2009, five customers each accounted for 10% or more of our net sales, consisting of four distributors with a total of 51.9% and one OEM, as to 23.6%.  If the OEM customers do not experience continued commercial success with their OEM applications incorporating our products or if it or other major customers purchase fewer of our products, defer orders or fail to place additional orders with us, our revenue could decline, and our operating results may not meet market expectations. In addition, we face credit risks on some of our significant customers that are smaller companies. If those customers order our products, but fail to pay on time or at all, our liquidity and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

11

Our success depends upon our customers’ ability to successfully sell their products.

The success of our products depends, in significant part, on the success of our customers’ products that incorporate our products. Most of our net sales in 2011 and 2010 were attributable to sensor products that were incorporated into products such as mobile phones, projectors and automobile parts. If any of our customers are unsuccessful in their sales, whether due to lack of market acceptance of their products, general industry slowdown, changes in the product supply chain or otherwise, our sales could be adversely affected. We are not certain whether these customers will be able to achieve success in their business or whether they will remain competitive in their business even if initially successful.

We rely on a small number of third-party foundries to manufacture wafers, which are significant components in our manufacturing process. If we are unable to secure sufficient supply of wafers, or if the wafers supplied to us do not meet our quality standards, we may be unable to ship finished products and our customer relationships may be damaged.

We currently rely on one foundry service provider to manufacture wafers used in our accelerometer products and two foundry service providers to supply wafers used for magnetic sensors.

Because we outsource our wafer production, which is a critical part of our manufacturing process, we face several significant risks, including:

• lack of manufacturing capacity at these foundries;

• limited control over delivery schedules, quality assurance and control, manufacturing yields and production costs; and

• the unavailability of, or potential delays in obtaining access to, key process technologies.

The ability of these foundries to provide us with wafers is limited by their available capacity. We do not have a guaranteed level of production capacity with our principal foundry and it is difficult to accurately forecast our capacity needs. Furthermore, we do not have a long-term agreement with this foundry and we place our orders on a purchase order basis. As a result, if it raises its prices or is not able to meet our required capacity for any reason, including shortages or delays in shipment of semiconductor equipment or materials it uses to manufacture our wafers, or if our business relationship with our principal foundry deteriorates, we may not be able to obtain the required capacity from it and would have to seek alternative foundries, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Using foundries with which we have no established relationships could expose us to potentially unfavorable pricing, unsatisfactory quality or insufficient capacity allocation.

Furthermore, our principal foundry can allocate capacity to the production of other companies’ products and reduce deliveries to us on short notice. Many of its customers are larger than we are and may have long-term agreements with the foundry and may receive preferential treatment from it in terms of capacity allocation. Reallocation of capacity by the foundry to its other customers could impair our ability to secure the supply of wafers that we need, which could significantly delay our ability to ship our products, causing a loss of revenue and damage to our customer relationships. In addition, if we underestimate our needs for foundry capacity, our foundry may not have available capacity to meet our immediate needs or we may be required to pay higher costs to fulfill those needs, either of which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our key foundry service provider maintains facilities that are located in a region that is subject to earthquakes, typhoons and other natural disasters, as well as geopolitical risks and social upheaval.

Currently, most of the wafers used in our sensor products are manufactured by a foundry in Taiwan. Taiwan is susceptible to earthquakes, typhoons, flood and other natural disasters, and has experienced severe earthquakes and typhoons in recent years that caused significant property damage and loss of life. In addition, this foundry is subject to risks associated with uncertain political, economic and other conditions in Taiwan and elsewhere in Asia, such as political turmoil in the region and the outbreak of contagious diseases, such as Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or any other epidemic such as avian flu. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could disrupt the foundry’s operations, resulting in significant disruption or delays in deliveries of raw materials for our operations. As a result, our business operations could be significantly disrupted and deliveries of our products could be delayed.

12

Our products are complex and defects in our products could result in a loss of customers, damage to our reputation, decreased revenue, unexpected expenses, loss of market share and warranty and product liability claims.

Our products are complex and must meet our customers’ stringent quality requirements. Such complex products may contain undetected errors or defects, especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. For example, our products may contain errors that are not detected until after they are shipped because we cannot test for all possible scenarios. Errors or defects can arise due to design flaws, defects in materials or components or as a result of manufacturing difficulties, which can affect both the quality and yield of the product. As our products become more complex, we face significantly higher risk of undetected defects. Any errors or defects in our products, or the perception that there may be errors or defects in our products, could result in customer rejection of our products, damage to our reputation, lost revenue, diversion of development resources and increases in customer service and support costs and warranty claims.

Failure of suppliers to deliver on a timely basis sufficient quantities of components or materials or licensed software used in our products may result in delays or other disruptions in introducing or shipping our products, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Some of the components, materials and software used in our products are purchased or licensed from a limited number of suppliers and it is difficult for us to redesign our products to incorporate components, materials or software from alternative suppliers. For example, we obtain the ceramic packaging materials that we use on our accelerometer products from only two suppliers. If any of our suppliers terminates its relationship with us, or is unable to deliver components, materials or software in accordance with our requirements, we may not be able to find alternative sources on favorable terms on short notice. Our inability to find or develop alternative sources of components, materials and software, if and as required, could result in delays or other disruptions in introducing or shipping our products. If any of these events occur, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel and on our ability to successfully attract, train and retain additional key personnel.

Our future success depends heavily upon the continuing services of the members of our senior management team and various engineering and other technical personnel. In particular, our founder, Chief Executive Officer and director, Dr. Yang Zhao, was and remains central to the development and advancement of the thermal MEMS technology on which our accelerometer products have been designed and developed. In addition, our engineers and other technical personnel are critical to our future technological and product innovations. We have experienced significant turnover among our senior executive personnel since our initial public offering, including our termination in December 2011 of our Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, and in January 2009 of our Vice President of Engineering and the resignations of our Vice President of Marketing and Business Development in December 2008, of our Chief Financial Officer in June 2008 and of our Vice President and General Manager in January 2008. If Dr. Zhao or any of our other executive officers were to resign or otherwise leave our employment, we might not be able to replace them easily or at all, and our business could be disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, distributors, know-how and key professionals and staff members. Although we maintain a “key person” life insurance policy on Dr. Zhao, we do not maintain such insurance for any of our other employees. We may incur increased operating expenses and be required to divert the attention of other senior executives to recruit replacement for key personnel. Our industry is characterized by high demand and intense competition for talent and the pool of qualified candidates is very limited. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain existing, or attract and retain new, qualified personnel, including senior executives and skilled engineers, whom we will need to achieve our strategic objectives. In addition, our ability to train and integrate new employees into our operations may not meet the growing demands of our business. The loss of any of our key personnel or our inability to attract or retain qualified personnel, including engineers and others, could delay the development and introduction of, and would have an adverse effect on our ability to sell, our products as well as our overall business and growth prospects.

13

If we are unable to effectively manage changes in our rate of growth and address related financial, operational and systems requirements, our business and operating results could be harmed.

Our future growth and expansion require that we expand our operational, engineering and financial systems, procedures and controls and to improve our information technology, accounting and other internal management systems. However, as a result of the recent global economic recession and increasing competition from mobile phone and consumer markets, we have experienced losses since 2009, which have required us to carefully control our costs and expenses in order to minimize the impact of lower gross margins on our results of operations.  To the extent that such measures may have impaired or delayed our new product development activities, they could adversely affect our competitiveness. Additionally, these expense control measures could adversely affect our ability to continue to make necessary improvements to our operational, financial and management information systems. We have experienced significant turnover among our senior executive personnel.  Our expense reduction measures also included headcount reductions, particularly in our sales and marketing and general and administrative staffs. These changes have to some extent contributed, and may in the future contribute, to the challenge of effectively managing our changing operations.  If we are unable to manage our changing rate of growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures. To successfully manage our business in this rapidly changing environment, we believe we must effectively:

• hire, train, integrate and manage additional qualified engineers, senior managers, sales and marketing personnel and information technology personnel;

• implement additional, and improve existing, administrative and operational systems, procedures and controls;

• expand our finance and accounting team, which includes hiring additional personnel with U.S. GAAP and internal control expertise;

• continue to expand and upgrade our design and product development capabilities; and

• manage our relationships with semiconductor manufacturing service providers, customers, suppliers and other third parties.

Moreover, if our allocation of resources does not correspond with future demand for particular products, we could miss market opportunities, and our business and financial results could be materially and adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to manage our growth effectively in the future.

Assertions by third parties of infringement by us of their intellectual property rights could disrupt our business, result in significant costs and cause our operating results to suffer.

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We may receive claims from various industry participants alleging infringement of patents, trade secrets and/or other intellectual property rights in the future. Any lawsuit or administrative proceedings resulting from such allegations could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our existing intellectual property rights. These lawsuits, regardless of their success, would likely be time-consuming and expensive to resolve and would divert management’s time and attention. Any potential intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings also could force us to do one or more of the following:

• stop selling products that have used technology or manufacturing processes containing the allegedly infringing intellectual property;

• pay damages to the party claiming infringement;

• attempt to obtain a license for the relevant intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all; and

• attempt to redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property with non-infringing intellectual property, which may not be possible.

The outcome of a dispute may result in our need to develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. We have agreed to defend certain of our distributors and direct OEM customers against any claims by third parties of infringement of intellectual property rights and to indemnify them for all costs and damages arising from such claims. Any intellectual property dispute could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

14

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

We design our accelerometer and non-accelerometer products in-house and rely on a combination of patents, trademarks and employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. As of December 31, 2011, we owned thirty-six patents and had eighteen pending patent applications in the United States, and owned thirty-five patents and had thirty-six pending patent applications and assignment in China. As of that date, we also had three issued patents and seven pending patent applications in Japan, two issued patents and four pending patent applications in Germany, three pending patent applications filed with the European Patent Office and six pending patent applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). Policing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our technology. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our technologies could enable third parties to benefit from our technologies without paying us. In addition, others may independently develop similar proprietary information and techniques, gain access to our intellectual property rights, disclose such technology or design around our patents. Additionally, we cannot assure you that any patent or registered trademark owned by us will be enforceable or will not be invalidated, circumvented or otherwise challenged in the PRC, the United States or other countries or that the rights granted thereunder will provide competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the claims sought by us, if at all. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity of and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources which could harm our business, could ultimately be unsuccessful in protecting our intellectual property rights, and may result in our intellectual property rights being held invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, foreign intellectual property laws may not protect our intellectual property rights. Enforcement of PRC intellectual property-related laws has historically been ineffective, primarily because of ambiguities in PRC laws and difficulties in enforcement. Accordingly, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Our failure to protect our intellectual property effectively could harm our business, prospects and reputation.

Some of our key technologies and know-how are licensed from third parties, including a competing company, and the termination of any of the licenses will materially and adversely affect our business.

Our business relies on our ability to use, develop and otherwise exploit our accelerometer-related technologies and know-how. Some of our key technologies and know-how were acquired by us from Analog Devices through licensing arrangements as part of its investment in our company in 1999. All these licensing arrangements may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events. In particular,

• Analog Devices assigned to us its license from Canada’s Simon Fraser University, or SFU, on our core thermal accelerometer technology. SFU is entitled to terminate our license upon the occurrence of one of a number of events, including our failure to timely provide financial records. In addition, the license is terminated automatically upon the occurrence of insolvency, bankruptcy or other similar events.

• Analog Devices granted us an exclusive, perpetual license to its thermal accelerometer technology rights to use, make, have made, import, offer to sell, sell, develop, modify, reproduce and distribute thermal accelerometer products and agreed not to use such technology rights to make or sell thermal accelerometer products itself. Analog Devices is entitled to terminate this license if our company is dissolved or liquidated or if we breach a material provision of the license agreement.

• Analog Devices granted us a non-exclusive license to certain of its testing, wafer sawing and wafer level capping and chip-level packaging technology rights to use, make, have made, import, offer to sell, sell, develop, modify, reproduce and distribute thermal accelerometer products. Analog Devices may terminate this license if our company is dissolved or liquidated or if we breach a material provision of the license agreement.

Under our license with SFU, SFU is entitled to continue to use the licensed technology existing at the time of the license agreement, which was entered into in March 1999, as well as any related technology it develops thereafter without our support. Although we understand that SFU has not developed commercialized products based on its patented accelerometer technology to date, we cannot assure you that it will not do so in the future. If SFU seeks to develop commercialized products based on the accelerometer technology, it may deem us as a competitor and seek to terminate or limit the scope of our license, and as a result, our business, operations, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

We consider Analog Devices to be a significant competitor. If Analog Devices seeks to terminate, limit the scope of, or increase the fees payable under any of our licenses granted or assigned by them, our business, operations, financial condition and results of operation may be materially and adversely affected.

The loss of the services of our independent packaging service provider could disrupt our shipments, harm our customer relationships and reduce our sales.

We outsource a portion of our product packaging process to a third-party packaging service provider. As a result, we do not completely control our product delivery schedules, packaging costs or quality assurance and control for products subject to third-party packaging process. Although we have developed the capacity to perform certain product packaging activities in-house, if our third party packaging service provider experiences capacity constraints or disruption or financial difficulties, raises its prices, suffers any damage to its facilities, or terminates its relationship with us, and we have insufficient capacity in-house, we may have to seek alternative packaging services which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Moreover, we may be exposed to risks associated with qualifying new service providers. Because it may take us an extended amount of time to qualify third-party packaging service providers, we could experience delays in product shipments if we are required to find alternative service providers for our products on short notice. Any problems that we may encounter with the delivery or quality of our products could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers.

15

We may be unable to obtain in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost the equipment necessary for us to remain competitive when worldwide economic growth resumes.

Our operations and expansion plans depend on our ability to obtain a significant amount of equipment from a limited number of suppliers and in a market that is characterized, from time to time, by intense demand, limited supply and long delivery cycles. During times of significant demand for this type of equipment, lead times for delivery can be significant. Shortages of equipment could result in an increase in their prices and longer delivery times. If we are unable to obtain equipment in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, we may be unable to fulfill our customers’ orders, which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our expansion plans require substantial capital expenditures and are subject to a number of uncertainties, and our failure to complete these plans would have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve future growth.

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase our manufacturing capacity and research and development capabilities.

We have completed the first phase of construction of two new buildings adjacent to our current facility in Wuxi, China, comprising 20,800 square meters, consisting of 8,700 square meters for a new research and development institute and 12,100 square meters of new manufacturing facilities. Phase one included the structural construction of the two new buildings and furnishing and fitting out the research and development office building. We started using the research and development office building in the fourth quarter of 2009.  The total cost for this phase was $6.7 million. Phase two includes the furnishing and equipment of the manufacturing facility. At the end of 2011, we had furnished and equipped one third of our new manufacturing facility to meet our expected production requirements for both accelerometer products and non-accelerometer products in 2011.  We may need to continue to furnishing the remaining manufacturing facility based on the projected growth of the sensor business.

In 2011, we completed another manufacturing facility with 14,000 square meters total space in Wuxi, China to host the manufacturing of our system solution products. The construction site is located on the same property as the Company’s June 2010 land purchase. The construction cost of approximately $8.1 million has been financed by the local Chinese government. We are currently negotiating with the local Chinese government the terms of an arrangement under which we expect either to lease the building for five years with the first year rent free, or to purchase the building at cost from the government within five years.

There are a number of events that could delay these expansion projects or increase the costs of building and equipping these or future facilities in accordance with our plans. These include:

• failure to raise sufficient funds to build, and maintain adequate working capital to operate, new facilities;

• failure to timely obtain environmental and other regulatory approvals, permits or licenses;

• shortages and late delivery of building materials and manufacturing equipment;

• seasonal factors, such as a long and intensive wet season that limits construction; and

• technological, capacity or other changes to our plans for new facilities necessitated by changes in market conditions.

If we are unable to establish or successfully operate additional manufacturing, we may be unable to expand our business as planned. If we are unable to carry out our planned expansions, we may not be able to meet customer demand, which could result in lower profitability and a loss in market share.

Our product liability and business disruption insurance may not be sufficient.

A significant portion of our sales derive from automotive safety applications which may expose us to significant product liability claims. The aviation navigation systems business we recently acquired from Crossbow also could expose us to significant product liability claims. We maintain business disruption insurance and general liability insurance which includes product liability coverage in amounts we believe to be appropriate for our operations. However, we cannot assure you that this amount is sufficient to cover all potential claims or losses and damages we may suffer. Any product liability or warranty claim, litigation, natural disaster or other forms of business disruption may result in our incurring substantial costs and in a diversion of resources.

16

Compliance with environmental regulations can be expensive, and noncompliance with these regulations may result in adverse publicity, potentially significant monetary damages and fines and suspension of our business operations.

Any failure by us to control the use of, or to restrict adequately the discharge of, hazardous substances could subject us to potentially significant monetary damages and fines or suspensions in our business operations. Our manufacturing processes generate noise, waste water, gases and other industrial wastes and we are required to comply with China’s national and local regulations regarding environmental protection. We believe we are currently in compliance with present environmental protection requirements and have all necessary environmental permits to conduct our business as it is presently conducted. However, if more stringent regulations are adopted in the future, the costs of compliance with these new regulations could be substantial. If we fail to comply with any future environmental regulations, we may be required to pay substantial fines, suspend production or cease operations.

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional common stock or other equity securities could result in dilution to you.

We believe that our current cash, cash flow from operations and proceeds of our project loans from the Agricultural Bank of China and funding from the local government of Wuxi will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including working capital requirements and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. Our future cash requirements will depend on many factors, including our operating income, the timing of our new product introductions, the costs of maintaining adequate manufacturing capacity, the continuing market acceptance of our products, payment terms for major contracts and customers, or other changing business conditions and future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our existing cash is insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity securities, debt securities or borrow from banks. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. The sale of additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would be dilutive to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would divert cash for working capital requirements and capital expenditures to service debt and could result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing, our business, operations and prospects may suffer.

We are likely to be adversely affected by the cyclicality of the semiconductor industry.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, product obsolescence and price erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles and wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. The semiconductor industry has, from time to time, experienced significant downturns, often connected with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles of both semiconductor companies’ and their customers’ products, which may occur as of, or independently from, declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and accelerated erosion of average selling prices. The semiconductor industry is currently experiencing such a downturn.  Prolongation or worsening of the current downturn, or the occurrence of any future downturn may reduce our revenues and result in us having excess inventory. Furthermore, any upturn in the semiconductor industry could result in increased competition for access to limited third-party foundry, assembly and testing capacity. Failure to gain access to foundry, assembly and testing capacity could impair our ability to secure the supply of products that we need, which could significantly delay our ability to ship our products, cause a loss of revenues and damage our customer relationships.

The illiquidity of the auction rate securities we hold could adversely affect our financial condition, and if a further write-down of the value of these securities were to become necessary, it would adversely affect our results of operations

As of December 31, 2011, our investments included $2.6 million (net of $400,000 unrealized temporary impairment loss) of auction rate securities. Auction rate securities are generally long-term fixed income instruments that provide liquidity through a Dutch auction process that resets the applicable interest rate at pre-determined calendar intervals, typically every 7, 28, 35 or 49 days. Due to liquidity issues that have recently been experienced in global credit and capital markets, certain of the auction rate securities we hold have failed at auction, meaning that the amount of securities submitted for sale at auction exceeded the amount of purchase orders. If an auction fails, the issuer becomes obligated to pay interest at penalty rates, and all of the auction rate securities we hold continue to pay interest in accordance with their stated terms. However, the failed auctions create uncertainty as to the liquidity in the near term of these securities. As a result, we have classified the $2.6 million of auction rate securities we held at December 31, 2011 as long-term investments.

Based on our expected operating cash flows and our other sources of cash, we do not expect the potential lack of liquidity in our auction rate securities classified as long-term investments to affect our ability to execute our current business plan in the foreseeable future. However, the principal represented by these investments will not be accessible to us until one of the following occurs: a successful auction occurs, the issuer redeems the issue, a buyer is found outside of the auction process or the underlying securities have matured.  There can be no assurance that we would be able in the near term to liquidate these securities on favorable terms, or at all, and if we should require access to these funds sooner than we currently expect, our inability to sell these auction rate securities could adversely affect our liquidity and our financial flexibility.

17

If the credit and capital markets deteriorate further, the credit ratings of the issuers or the insurers of  the auction rate securities are downgraded or the collateral underlying the securities deteriorates or other events occur that would affect the fair value of these auction rate securities, it is possible that we might conclude that some or all of them have sustained an other-than-temporary impairment in value, such that we would be required under GAAP to further write down their carrying value. Any such write-down could result in a charge against our earnings in the period in which the impairment is recognized, which could be material.

We believe that our current cash, cash flow from operations and proceeds of the project loans from the Agricultural Bank of China and funding from the local government of Wuxi will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including working capital requirements and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. Our future cash requirements will depend on many factors, including our operating income, the timing of our new product introductions, the costs of maintaining adequate manufacturing capacity, the continuing market acceptance of our products, payment terms for major contracts and customers, or other changing business conditions and future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our existing cash is insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity securities, debt securities or borrow from banks. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. The sale of additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would be dilutive to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would divert cash for working capital requirements and capital expenditures to service debt and could result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing, our business, operations and prospects may suffer.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Adverse changes in economic and political policies of the PRC government or laws or regulations of the PRC could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

All of our manufacturing operations are located in China and a significant portion of devices incorporating our products are ultimately sold to end users in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are affected significantly by economic, political and legal developments in China. China’s economy is in transition from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy and differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, level of capital reinvestment, access to financing, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past 30 years, the growth has been uneven across different regions and economic sectors of China. The PRC government has implemented various economic and political policies and laws and regulations to encourage economic development. Although we believe that such policies have had a positive effect on the economic development of China, we cannot predict the future direction of those policies or the effects those policies may have on our business or results of operations. In addition, since 2003, the PRC government has implemented a number of measures, such as raising surplus deposit reserve ratios and lending interest rates, in order to slow down the growth of certain sectors of China’s economy. These actions, as well as future actions and policies of the Chinese government, could materially affect our liquidity and access to bank financing. Furthermore, changes to the policies of the PRC government or the laws and regulations of the PRC could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

Because our business depends in part on the continued growth of the Chinese economy, any slowdown of such growth could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our business is significantly dependent upon the economy and the business environment in China. In particular, we expect to continue to rely significantly on the growing demand in China for devices incorporating our products, which in turn may be dependent on the continuing growth of the Chinese economy. The Chinese economy experienced some inflation recently, and there can be no assurance that the growth of the Chinese economy will be steady or that any slowdown of the Chinese economy will not have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

18

China’s legal system is characterized by uncertainty that could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

We conduct all of our manufacturing operations at our Wuxi subsidiaries, which are subject to PRC laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly-foreign owned companies. Since 1979, PRC legislation and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China.

The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. The interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties in that (i) the laws and regulations are relatively new, (ii) only limited volumes of court decisions are published, (iii) prior court decisions may be only cited for reference but have limited precedential value, and (iv) interpretation of statutes and regulations may also be subject to new government policies reflecting domestic political, economic or social changes. Such uncertainties may limit the legal protections available to us.

The enforcement of existing laws, or contracts based on existing law, may be uncertain and sporadic as well. It may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction.

The relative inexperience of China’s judiciary in many types of cases creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. Any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

The PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until some time after the violation.

Our activities in China may be subject to administrative review and approval by various national and local agencies of the PRC government. Because of the changes occurring in China’s legal and regulatory structure, we may not be able to secure the requisite governmental approval for our activities. Failure to obtain the requisite governmental approval for any of our activities could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatments currently available to us in China could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The PRC government or its local agencies or bureaus provides preferential tax treatment, in the form of reduced tax rates or tax holidays, to certain qualified enterprises. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, MEMSIC Semiconductor, as a PRC high-technology company operating in a designated high-tech development zone, which we refer to as a “PRC high technology company,” benefits from a 15% preferential enterprise income tax rate, compared to a uniform tax rate of 25% that became effective on January 1, 2008, and is exempt from enterprise income tax for two years from 2007, the year in which it first had positive accumulated earnings, and is entitled to a 50% reduction in the enterprise income tax for the succeeding three years. Our indirectly owned subsidiary MTS is currently subject to the uniform tax rate of 25%.

Moreover, under current PRC laws and regulations, no tax is required to be withheld by MEMSIC Semiconductor with respect to any dividend payments made by it to us, as its stockholder, and no PRC tax is payable by us on the dividends received from it provided that such profits are permitted to be paid by it in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. In addition, as a foreign invested enterprise, or FIE, MEMSIC Semiconductor enjoys certain tax deductions for purchasing equipment made in China. Under the relevant regulation, if an FIE purchases Chinese-made equipment, and the price does not exceed the total investment amount of such FIE, for projects that fall within certain specified categories, 40% of the purchase price amount may be credited against the surplus between the amount of enterprise income tax payable in the current year and the amount paid in the previous year. If the credited amount is greater than the surplus, the excess amount can be carried forward for up to five years, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, we have also benefited from rebates of value-added tax for our export products.

The discontinuation of these preferential tax treatments could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress, the PRC legislature, approved and promulgated a new tax law named “Enterprise Income Tax Law,” which took effect beginning January 1, 2008. Under the new tax law, FIEs and domestic companies are subject to a uniform income tax rate of 25%. The new tax law provides a five-year transition period starting from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new tax law and which were entitled to a preferential lower income tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. The income tax rate of such enterprises will gradually transition to the uniform tax rate within the transition period in accordance with implementing rules to be issued by the State Council. For those enterprises which are enjoying tax holidays, such tax holidays may continue until their expiration in accordance with regulations to be issued by the State Council, but where the tax holiday has not yet started because of losses, such tax holiday shall be deemed to commence from the first effective year of the new tax law. While the new tax law equalizes the income tax rates for FIEs and domestic companies, preferential tax treatment would continue to be given to companies in certain encouraged sectors and to entities classified as high-technology companies supported by the PRC government, whether FIEs or domestic companies. According to the new tax law, entities that qualify as PRC high-technology companies will benefit from a tax rate of 15% as compared to the uniform tax rate of 25%. However, there are a number of requirements for a company to qualify as a PRC high-technology company, including those relating to business scope. There can be no assurances that MEMSIC Semiconductor will continue to qualify as a PRC high-technology company, that it will continue to do so in the future and continue to benefit from such preferential tax rate. Following the effectiveness of the new tax law, our effective income tax rate may increase, unless we are otherwise eligible for preferential treatment.

19

In addition, according to the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, effective January 1, 2008, any dividends payable to us by MEMSIC Semiconductor is subject to the PRC withholding tax at the rate of 10%.  Although MEMSIC Semiconductor has not paid any dividends to us historically and does not intend to do so in the future, if our Wuxi subsidiary ever does pay any dividends to us in the future, our consolidated results of operations and the amount of dividends we pay to our stockholders may be adversely affected.

The new tax law provides only a framework of the enterprise tax provisions. Even with the promulgation of its implementation rules, the new tax law still leaves many details on the definitions of numerous terms as well as the interpretation and specific application of various provisions unclear and unspecified.

We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes which may subject us to PRC income tax for any dividends we pay to our non-PRC stockholders.

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, enterprises established under the laws of non-PRC jurisdictions, but whose “de facto management body” is located in the PRC are treated as resident enterprises for PRC tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the Enterprise Income Tax Law provides a definition of “de facto management body”, such definition has not been tested and there remains uncertainty as to which situations a non-PRC enterprise’s “de facto management body” is considered to be located in the PRC. Some members of our management team are currently based in the PRC. If we are treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, we will be subject to PRC tax on our worldwide income at the 25% uniform tax rate, and any dividend payable by us to our non-PRC corporate stockholders will also be subject to a PRC withholding tax at the rate of 10%. If we are required under the new tax law to withhold income tax on dividends we pay to our non-PRC corporate stockholders, the amount of dividends we are able to pay may be materially and adversely affected.

The intercompany transactions between us and our Wuxi subsidiaries may be subject to scrutiny by the United States and the PRC tax authorities, and there may be material and adverse tax consequences if the United States or the PRC tax authorities determine that these transactions were not entered into on an arm’s length basis.

Our Wuxi subsidiaries are PRC companies. Our Wuxi subsidiaries generally purchase manufacturing components from third parties but purchase a small amount of manufacturing components from our U.S. headquarters at cost. To more efficiently manage our manufacturing process, we expect our Wuxi subsidiaries to purchase all manufacturing components from third parties.  We purchase all of the MEMS sensors that MEMSIC Semiconductor produces and some of the system solution products that MTS produces.

We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the United States or the PRC tax authorities determine that the transactions between us and our Wuxi subsidiaries were not entered into on an arm’s length basis and they may adjust our income and expenses for United States or PRC tax purposes in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could result in a reduction, for PRC tax purposes, of deductions recognized by our Wuxi subsidiary, or an increase, for the U.S. tax purposes, of income recognized by us on a consolidated basis, which could increase our overall tax liability and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our Wuxi subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on paying dividends or making other distributions to us.

We may rely on dividends paid by our Wuxi subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay any dividends or other cash distributions to our stockholders, service any debt we may incur and pay our operating expenses. Regulations in the PRC currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. Our Wuxi subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% (up to an aggregate amount equal to half of its registered capital) of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds. These reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends. As of December 31, 2011, MEMSIC Semiconductor has established a reserve fund of $780,000. If our Wuxi subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their abilities to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Limitations on the ability of our Wuxi subsidiaries to pay dividends to us could adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business. Accordingly, if for any of the above or other reasons, we do not receive dividends from our Wuxi subsidiaries, our liquidity, financial condition and ability to make dividend distribution to our stockholders will be materially and adversely affected.

20

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue effectively.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of Renminbi, or RMB, into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Because all or substantially all of our net sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, but a significant portion of our expenses are denominated in RMB, any restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use cash from sales generated in U.S. dollars to fund our business activities in China. The principal regulation governing foreign currency exchange in China is the Foreign Currency Administration Rules (1996), as amended. Under these rules, RMB are freely convertible for trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for direct investment, loans or investment in securities outside China unless the prior approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, is obtained. Although the PRC government regulations now allow greater convertibility of RMB for current account transactions, significant restrictions still remain. For example, foreign exchange transactions under the capital account of our Wuxi subsidiary, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, remain subject to significant foreign exchange controls and the approval of SAFE. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our stockholders. In addition, we cannot be certain that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on foreign exchange transactions in the future.

Fluctuations in the value of RMB could negatively impact our result of operations.

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions inside and outside of China. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar. Under the new policy, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a managed band based on market supply and demand and by reference to a basket of certain foreign currencies. This change in policy has resulted in a 24.0% appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar between July 21, 2005 and December 31, 2011. While the international reaction to the RMB revaluation has generally been positive, there remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt an even more flexible currency policy. In the long term, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar, depending on the fluctuation of the basket of currencies against which it is currently valued, or whether it is permitted to enter into a full float.

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar and all of our sales and liabilities are denominated in U.S. dollars. Approximately one third of our operating expenses and a majority of our assets are denominated in RMB. Accordingly, as a result of China’s 2005 currency policy, our operating expenses, in U.S. dollar equivalents, increased and our operating margins and net income were adversely affected. In addition, the value of our Chinese assets, in U.S. dollar equivalents, increased. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our common stock or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. As a result, any significant revaluation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our common stock in U.S. dollars.

Recent PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and employee stock options granted by overseas-listed companies may increase our administrative burden, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activity or otherwise adversely affect the implementation of our acquisition strategy. If our stockholders who are PRC residents, or our PRC employees who are granted or exercise stock options, fail to make any required registrations or filings under such regulations, we may be unable to distribute profits and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

The PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, recently promulgated regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. Under the SAFE regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies, will be required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect stockholder of an offshore company is required to file or update the registration with the local branch of SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, any material change involving its round-trip investment or capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger, division, long-term equity or debt investment or creation of any security interest. Although our PRC counsel has advised us that these SAFE regulations are not applicable to us or our stockholders, we cannot assure you that SAFE will agree with our position. If SAFE disagrees with us, and if any of our PRC stockholders fails to make in a timely manner the required SAFE registration or file or update the registration, our Wuxi subsidiary may be prohibited from distributing its profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may also be prohibited from injecting additional capital into our Wuxi subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

21

The failure or inability of our PRC resident stockholders to comply with the registration procedures set forth therein may subject us to fines and legal sanctions. In addition, because it is uncertain how the SAFE regulations will be interpreted or implemented, we cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the SAFE regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

On March 28, 2007, SAFE promulgated the Application Procedure of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Holding Plan or Stock Option Plan of Overseas-Listed Company, or the Stock Option Rule. Under the Stock Option Rule, PRC citizens who are granted stock options by an overseas publicly-listed company are required, through a PRC agent or PRC subsidiary of such overseas publicly-listed company, to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. We and our PRC employees who have been granted stock options are subject to the Stock Option Rule as a result of our recent initial public offering. If we or our PRC optionees fail to comply with these regulations, we or our PRC optionees may be subject to fines and legal sanctions.

A number of our PRC employees exercised their stock options prior to our becoming an overseas publicly-listed company. Since there is not yet a clear regulation on how and whether these PRC employees are required to complete their SAFE registration, and it is uncertain as to how the government authorities will interpret the Stock Option Rule, it is unclear whether such exercises are permissible by PRC laws and it is uncertain how SAFE or other government authorities will interpret or administrate such regulations. Therefore, we cannot predict how such exercises will affect our business or operations.

PRC regulation of direct investment and loans by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or limit us from using the proceeds of our initial public offering to make additional capital contribution or loans to our Wuxi subsidiaries.

Any capital contributions or loans, that we, as an offshore entity, make to our Wuxi subsidiaries, are subject to PRC regulations. For example, any of our loans to our Wuxi subsidiaries cannot exceed the difference between the total amount of investment that our Wuxi subsidiaries are approved to make under relevant PRC laws and the registered capital of our Wuxi subsidiaries, and any such loans must be registered with the local branch of the SAFE as a procedural matter. In addition, our additional capital contributions to our Wuxi subsidiaries must be approved by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these approvals on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to obtain such approvals, our ability to make equity contributions or provide loans to our Wuxi subsidiaries or to fund their operations may be adversely affected, which could harm our Wuxi subsidiary’s liquidity and its ability to fund its working capital and expansion projects and meet its obligations and commitments.

We are obligated to withhold and pay PRC individual income tax on behalf of our employees who are subject to PRC individual income tax. If we fail to withhold or pay such individual income tax in accordance with applicable PRC regulations, we may be subject to certain sanctions and other penalties and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

Under PRC laws, we are obligated to withhold and pay individual income tax on behalf of our employees who are subject to PRC individual income tax. In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has issued several circulars concerning employee stock options. Under these circulars, our employees working in China (which could include both PRC employees and expatriate employees subject to PRC individual income tax) who exercise stock options will be subject to PRC individual income tax. We are obligated to file documents related to employee stock options with relevant tax authorities and withhold and pay individual income taxes for those employees who exercise their stock options. If we fail to withhold or pay such individual income tax in accordance with applicable PRC regulations, we may be subject to certain sanctions and other penalties and may become subject to liability under PRC laws.

22

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

The market price for our common stock may be volatile.

There has been a history of significant volatility in the market prices of securities of technology companies. Since our initial public offering in December 2007, the market price for our common stock has ranged from a high of $11.00 to a low of $1.28 per share.The market price of our common stock may continue to be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations, in response to factors including the following:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

• changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

• conditions in the semiconductors industry;

• changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies in the semiconductors industry;

• announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

• addition or departure of key personnel;

• fluctuations of exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar;

• intellectual property litigation;

• transfer restrictions on our outstanding shares or sales of additional shares; and

• general economic or political conditions in Asia, particularly China, the United States and Europe.

In addition, the securities market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our shares.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock, the market price for our common stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock upon listing may be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock, the market price for our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price for our common stock or trading volume to decline.

Delaware law and provisions of our charter documents could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay, deter or prevent a change in control.

Our charter documents contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control or changes in our management that our stockholders may deem advantageous. These provisions:

• require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;

• require a staggered board of directors making it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of our directors;

• authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt;

• provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the president, the chief executive officer or the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board; and

• establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to some exceptions, prohibits “business combinations” between a Delaware corporation and an “interested stockholder,” which is generally defined as a stockholder who becomes a beneficial owner of 15% or more of a Delaware corporation’s voting stock for a three-year period following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder. Section 203 could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests.

23

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choice and cause us to take corporate actions with which you may disagree.

Our principal stockholders and affiliated entities can exert substantial influence over our corporate activities.

As of March 12, 2012, our executive officers, directors and entities affiliated with them beneficially owned approximately 40.4% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  These included Dr. Yang Zhao, our president and chief executive officer, who beneficially owned 4.7% of our outstanding shares of common stock and Dr. Quan Zhou, who was appointed as a member of our board of directors on March 16, 2011. Dr. Zhou is a Managing Director and General Partner at IDG Capital Partners, whose affiliated funds beneficially own approximately 19.7% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  These stockholders, if acting together, could exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving material mergers, acquisitions or other business combination transactions. This concentration of ownership may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering. In cases where their interests are aligned and they vote together, these stockholders will also have the power to prevent or cause a change in control. In addition, these persons could divert business opportunities from us to themselves or others.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal financial control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and will require a report by our independent auditors that both addresses management’s assessments and provides for the independent auditor’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404, and we may also identify inaccuracies or deficiencies in our financial reporting that could require revisions to or restatement of prior period results. Testing and maintaining internal controls will also involve significant costs and can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could harm our operating results, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and could require that we restate our financial statements for prior periods, any of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause a decline, which could be material, in the trading price of our common stock.

It may be difficult to enforce judgments against us in U.S. courts.

Although we are a Delaware corporation, our manufacturing subsidiaries and approximately 57.5% of our assets were located outside of the United States as of December 31, 2011. As a result, you may not be able to enforce against us in U.S. courts judgments based on the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities laws. It is unclear if original actions of civil liabilities based solely upon U.S. federal securities laws are enforceable in courts outside the United States. It is equally unclear if judgments entered by U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities laws are enforceable in courts outside the United States. Any enforcement action in a court outside the United States will be subject to compliance with procedural requirements under applicable local law, including the condition that the judgment does not violate the public policy of the applicable jurisdiction.

24

Item 2.   Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located at One Tech Drive, Suite 325, Andover, Massachusetts 01810. In addition, we also have offices in Chicago, Illinois and San Jose, California. Our Andover headquarters is responsible for sales and marketing, financing, and research and development, our Chicago office is also responsible for research and development and our San Jose office is responsible for sales and marketing, research and development for the system solution products. In addition, we have sales offices in Shanghai, China and Tokyo, Japan. We lease these premises from unrelated third parties. The lease contract on our corporate headquarters in Andover expires in June 2013.

Our current manufacturing facility and our new facility are located on a parcel of land of approximately 35,000 square meters in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province of China. We purchased the land use rights to the land in 2003. With the completion of the new research and development and manufacturing buildings, our current manufacturing facility comprises a production area of approximately 16,300 square meters and an office area of approximately 8,700 square meters. The current facility is responsible for sensor product manufacturing, product engineering, manufacturing engineering, quality assurance, packaging and testing as well as application engineering. We purchased another piece of land of approximately 66,670 square meters in Wuxi in June of 2010 for $4.0 million, which we have used to build a manufacturing facility for our indirect Wuxi subsidiary, MEMSIC Transducer Systems Co. Ltd. (“MTS”).  The building, consisting of 14,000 square meters, was completed and begun usage in the third quarter of 2011.

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.

We are not involved in any litigation or other legal matters which, if decided adversely against us, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse impact on our business or operations.  However, many participants in our industry have significant intellectual property rights and have demonstrated a willingness to instigate litigation based on allegations of infringement. We cannot assure you that we will not receive notices of intellectual property right infringements in the future.

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

25

PART II

Item 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table sets forth the high and low reported sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market.

	High		Low
Year ended December 31, 2010
Quarter ended March 31, 2010	$	3.75	$	3.16
Quarter ended June 30, 2010	$	3.50	$	2.23
Quarter ended September 30, 2010	$	2.41	$	2.07
Quarter ended December 31, 2010	$	3.40	$	2.32
Year ended December 31, 2011
Quarter ended March 31, 2011	$	3.70	$	3.00
Quarter ended June 30, 2011	$	3.70	$	2.81
Quarter ended September 30, 2011	$	3.44	$	2.22
Quarter ended December 31, 2011	$	3.26	$	2.16

On March 12, 2012, the last reported sale price on the Nasdaq Global Market for our common stock was $3.84 per share. On March 12, 2012, there were approximately 21 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include stockholders for whom our shares were held in “nominee” or “street” name.

We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance our growth. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, restrictions in financing agreements and plans for expansion.

The net proceeds to us of our initial public offering in 2007, including the net proceeds from exercise of underwriters’ over-allotment option were approximately $60.2 million. Through December 31, 2011, we have applied approximately $9.6 million of the net proceeds to fund capital expenditures for the expansion of our manufacturing facility in Wuxi, $7.3 million to the construction and furnishing of two new buildings adjacent to that facility, $4.0 million to the purchase of a piece of land for the MTS manufacturing facility and manufacturing equipment, and $18.0 million to the Crossbow acquisition. We have invested the balance of $21.3 million of the net proceeds from our initial public offering in money market funds and auction rate securities, pending other uses.

For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, see Part III, Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

26

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We provide advanced semiconductor sensor and system solutions based on integrated MEMS technology and mixed signal circuit design. We operate and manage our business in two reporting segments. We develop, design, manufacture and market:

·    semiconductor sensor products, which we refer to as sensor products, based on micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) technology and advanced integrated circuit design; and

·    sensor system solution products, which we refer to as system solution products, which incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions.

In making operating decisions, our chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, considers the gross profit results of the sensor product segment and the system solution product segment separately, but utilizes enterprise wide operating expense and earning results.

Our sensor products combine proprietary thermal-based MEMS technology and advanced analog mixed signal processing circuitry design into a single chip using a standard CMOS process. This approach allows us to provide sensor solutions at a lower cost, with higher performance and greater functionality than our competitors. Our magnetic sensor product is based on AMR technology which provides higher accuracy, better sensitivity across temperature and lower power as compared to hall-effect based magnetic sensors. In addition, our technology platform allows us to easily integrate additional functions or create new sensors to expand into touch and flow sensors and related applications. Our sensor products have a wide range of applications such as mobile phones, automotive safety systems and video projectors.

Our system solution products consist primarily of wireless sensors that connect the physical environment with enterprise management and information systems to provide advanced monitoring, automation and control solutions for a range of industries, as well as inertial systems that provide end-users and systems integrators with MEMS-based solutions for measurement of static and dynamic motion in a wide variety of challenging environments, including avionics, remotely operated vehicles, agricultural and construction vehicles, automotive test and wind power turbines.

Our system solution products initially consisted primarily of the product lines we acquired from Crossbow Technology in January 2010, including the non-military portion of Crossbow’s inertial navigation systems business and its wireless sensor network Mote and eKo environmental monitoring business

We manufacture our sensor products utilizing a “semi-fabless” model by outsourcing the production of CMOS wafers and completing the post-CMOS MEMS process in-house. By outsourcing the standard CMOS manufacturing process, we are able to more efficiently manage our capital expenditures and cost of goods sold.

We manufacture our wireless system solution products and partial inertial system solution products through outsourcing most of the assembly process to third-party contract assembly vendors and performing final testing and programming functions in-house at our facility in Wuxi. Certain of our inertial system solution products, including FAA certified products are continued to be manufactured by Crossbow Technology under a manufacturing agreement that expires on December 31, 2012.

We sell our products either to distributors, which then resell to OEMs and ODMs, or to OEM and ODM customers directly. Historically, a small number of our customers have accounted for a substantial portion of our revenue, and sales to our largest distributor customers and OEM and ODM customers have varied significantly. This significant variation is in part due to the fact that our sales are made on the basis of purchase orders rather than long-term contracts. Although our distributors generally provide us with non-binding rolling forecasts, our distributors generally have up to 30 days prior to delivery to cancel or reschedule shipments pursuant to our distribution agreements. This arrangement has added to the fluctuation and unpredictability of our sales. Because our products are a component of our customers’ products, our sales performance is significantly affected by the sales performance of our customers’ products. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our product demand because in the case where we sell our products to distributors, we may not know the identity of the distributor’s OEM and ODM customers and information regarding their demand.

27

OEM and ODM customers’ products are complex and require significant time to define, design and ramp to volume production. Our sales cycle begins with our marketing and sales staff and application engineers engaging with our OEM and ODM customers’ system designers and management, which is typically a multi-month, or even multi-year, process. If this process is successful, an OEM and ODM customer will decide to incorporate our solution in its product, which we refer to as a design-win. Because the sales cycles for our products are long, we incur expenses to develop and sell our products, regardless of whether we achieve the design-win and well in advance of generating revenue, if any, from those expenditures. Although we do not have long-term purchase commitments from any of our distributor customers or OEM and ODM customers, once one of our products is incorporated into an OEM’s or ODM’s design, it is likely to remain a part of the design for the life cycle of its product. We believe this to be the case because a redesign would generally be time consuming and expensive.

Recent Development

On November 23, 2011, MTS, our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, entered into an Investment Contribution Agreement (“JV Agreement”) with Wuxi New District Science and Technology Financial Investment Group Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi VC Group”), a state owned Chinese venture capital fund.  The JV Agreement creates a joint venture to further design, develop and market MTS’ wireless sensor network technology.  In connection with the joint venture, a new corporation was organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), named MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi WSN”).  MTS and Wuxi VC Group contributed to Wuxi WSN an initial cash investment of $629,000 and $315,000, respectively, representing 66.7% and 33.3%  ownership of Wuxi WSN, respectively.

Description of Certain Line Items

Net Sales

Net sales represent gross revenue net of an allowance for the estimated amount of product returns and sales rebates from our customers. Sales to distributors are made pursuant to distributor agreements, which allow for the return of goods under certain circumstances. We recognize revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 605-15, Revenue Recognition.

Historically, our revenue has been derived primarily from shipments of our sensor products. As a result of our Crossbow acquisition in January 2010, net sales of system solution products have increased substantially as a percentage of our net sales, and accounted for 15.1% of our net sales in 2011.  The primary factors that affect our revenue are the sales volumes and average selling prices of our products. Growth in our net sales has generally been attributable to the increase in the unit volumes of our products, as the average selling prices of our sensor products have tended to decline due to the following factors, among others:

• the semiconductor component market is highly competitive, and as a result, the average selling prices of particular components generally experience rapid declines over the course of their respective product and technology life cycles. This trend has been particularly evident recently in the market for mobile phone applications. We seek to mitigate the impact of this trend on our business by continuing to rapidly design, develop and sell new generations of products with additional functionalities to replace older generation products;

• we may also reduce our product prices as we are able to increase our production yields by continuously improving the manufacturing efficiency or to reduce our manufacturing costs by re-engineering our product and reducing the overall material cost;

• changes in our product mix may affect the average selling prices of our products. For example, our products for consumer and mobile phone markets generally have lower average selling prices than products for the automotive market. The average selling prices of products may also be affected by our strategy to increase market adoption of our products in certain markets; and

• we occasionally grant discounts or modified payment terms to our large customers or OEM and ODM customers for high volume purchases.

28

Net Sales by Application

In 2011, net sales from mobile phone applications were the largest component of out total sales, representing 51.9% of total net sales in 2011, compared to 19.8% in 2010.  The increase was attributable to sales of our magnetic sensors to a major mobile phone manufacturer and our continued efforts to win major global mobile phone accounts.

Net sales from automotive applications grew $2.4 million from 2010, representing 21.1% of total net sales in 2011. This growth was primarily due to the increased shipments by our biggest automotive customer of its vehicle stability control system incorporating our sensor products.  We expect our sales from automotive applications will continue to grow with our new applications and the recovery of the auto market. To increase net sales from the automotive market, we will continue to seek to have our sensors designed into new automotive applications and to expand our customer base. However, revenue increases, if any, from the automotive market will require significant time, as the development lead time in this market is generally longer than other markets in which we participate, and this market was disproportionately affected by the recent global downturn.

In 2011, net sales from industrial and other applications represented 17.3% of total net sales, down from 32.7% of total net sales in 2010.  The percentage decrease was primarily due to the result of the large increase in total sales contributed by increasing sales from mobile phone applications.

Net sales from consumer applications accounted for 9.7% of total net sales in 2011, compared with 16.4% in 2010. On a dollar basis, net sales from consumer applications increased $0.3 million from 2010.  Net sales from consumer applications have fluctuated historically as a result of the generally short life cycle of consumer electronics and changes in our customer base. As our product offering and customer base for consumer applications continue to diversify, we expect net sales from consumer applications to fluctuate less.

The following table sets forth our net sales by application for the periods indicated by amount and as a percentage of our net sales (dollar amounts in thousands).

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Amount		% of Sales			Amount		% of Sales
Mobile phone	$	35,354		51.9	%	$	7,671		19.8	%
Consumer		6,629		9.7			6,338		16.4
Automotive		14,380		21.1			12,020		31.1
Industrial/other		11,790		17.3			12,623		32.7
Total	$	68,153		100.0	%	$	38,652		100.0	%

Net Sales by Customer Base

Our customers primarily consist of OEMs and ODMs, and distributors who resell to OEMs and ODMs. Historically, a small number of our customers have accounted for a substantial portion of our net sales. Customers that individually represented 10% or more of our net sales, accounted in the aggregate for approximately 55.6% of our net sales in 2011 compared with 30.4% in 2010.  The increase in concentration of customers is primarily due to the rapid increase in sales to a major mobile phone customer. .

The following table sets forth, as a percentage of our total sales, our sales with each customer that accounted for 10% or more of our total sales in either of 2011 or 2010.

29

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010
Samsung		37.4	%		4.2	%
Autoliv		18.3			26.2
% of total sales		55.6	%		30.4	%

We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in demand from a significant number of customers, including many of our largest customers. It is difficult for us to accurately forecast our product demand, particularly in the case of sales to our distributors, as we may not know the identity of the distributor’s OEM and ODM customers and lack information regarding their demand.

Occasionally, design changes in the products of our OEM and ODM customers have resulted in the loss of sales. For example, a design change in a product of a large OEM customer in 2007 for mobile phone applications resulted in a decrease of our sales to such customer in 2008.  That customer accounted for 44.6% of our net sales in 2007.

Net Sales by Product Type

Our sales primarily consist of two product types:

· sensor products that are used as components in our customers’ products, and

· system solution products, based on the technology acquired in our Crossbow acquisition, that incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions and offer a complete system solution to our customers.

The following table sets forth our net sales by product type for the periods indicated by amount and as a percentage of our net sales (dollar amounts in thousands).

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Amount		% of Sales			Amount		% of Sales
Sensor products	$	57,877		84.9	%	$	27,790		71.9	%
System solution products		10,276		15.1			10,862		28.1
Total	$	68,153		100.0	%	$	38,652		100.0	%

Net Sales by Geography

Our products are shipped to OEM and ODM customers worldwide. However, we focus on different application markets among geographical regions.In the greater China region, our revenue has historically been primarily derived from products for mobile phone applications. We are also seeking to expand the consumer and industrial applications markets in the greater China region, for example, through the introduction of our new MEMS-based gas flow meter. In other Asian countries (excluding China and Japan), we are seeking to grow market shares in the mobile phone and consumer applications. In Japan, our revenue has primarily been derived from products for consumer applications, particularly projectors. We are also seeking to penetrate the automotive market in Japan. In North America, our revenue has primarily been derived from products for automotive applications.

The following table sets forth our net sales by geographical region for the periods indicated by amount and as a percentage of our net sales (dollar amounts in thousands).

30

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Amount		% of Sales			Amount		% of Sales
Asia (excluding Japan)	$	39,722		58.3	%	$	13,427		34.7	%
Europe		3,433		5.0			3,707		9.6
Japan		7,996		11.7			6,009		15.5
North America		16,630		24.4			14,360		37.2
Other		372		0.5			1,149		3.0
Total	$	68,153		100.0	%	$	38,652		100.0	%

Cost of Goods Sold

We are a semi-fabless company. We outsource wafer production to third-party foundries and complete the post-CMOS MEMS and most of the packaging, assembly and testing functions in-house. We also purchase our ceramic packaging materials from third-party suppliers.

During 2011, our wireless system solution products and part of the inertial system solution products were manufactured by our indirect subsidiary in Wuxi, China through outsourcing most of the assembly process to third-party contract assembly vendors and performing final testing and programming functions in-house at our facility in Wuxi. We have extended the manufacturing agreement with Crossbow Technology to provide for support of manufacturing certain non-FAA certified products and all of the FAA certified products until December 31, 2012.

Cost of goods sold consists of: (i) cost of wafer, ceramic and other materials purchased from third parties; (ii) manufacturing overhead, primarily consisting of salaries and wages of our quality control employees and manufacturing-related management employees, depreciation, and equipment and parts; (iii) direct labor, primarily consisting of salaries and wages of our manufacturing operators; and (iv) outsourced processing fees paid to third-party packaging service providers and assembly vendors.

Our relationships with third-party foundry and packaging service providers do not provide for guaranteed levels of production capacity at pre-determined prices. As a result, our outsourcing costs relating to wafer production, and to a lesser extent, packaging services, are susceptible to sudden changes based on conditions in the global semiconductor market and our service providers’ available capacity.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Our gross margin has continued to decrease from 45.6% in 2009 and 39.6% in 2010 to 35.0% in 2011.  Our gross profit and gross margin are affected by a variety of factors, including average selling prices of our products, our product application mix, prices of wafers, excess and obsolete inventory, pricing by competitors, changes in production yields, and percentage of sales conducted through distributors. Our products for mobile phone applications have historically had lower margins than our products for automotive products and this trend has accelerated recently. In addition, in 2010, we reduced our prices for accelerometers used in mobile phone applications, which allowed us to deplete inventories of our existing mobile phone application product and launch our newly introduced ultra low cost orientation sensor product, which contributed to the decrease in the sensor product gross margin in 2010.  In 2011, our margins decreased further primarily as a result of a significant portion of our sales coming from low margin mobile phone applications. Notwithstanding the relatively low margins in the mobile phone applications market, we will seek to increase our market share in that market by introducing products with more functionalities and at a competitive cost, in the goal of capitalizing on the significant potential for revenue growth in that market.

The gross margin from systems solution products are beginning to reflect the reduced cost associated with our transfer of manufacturing to our Wuxi, China operations. As a result of our migration of manufacturing of these products to China, our gross margins from system solution products increased from 48.0% in 2010 to 54.5% in 2011. We expect the gross margins for our system solution products to continue to increase as we continue to make improvements to the manufacturing process.

31

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are recognized as they are incurred and primarily consist of salaries and wages of research and development employees; research costs, primarily consisting of mask costs and prototype wafers, consulting fees paid for outside design services; travel and other expenses; and stock-based compensation attributable to our research and development employees.

Historically, research and development expenses have increased both in absolute terms and as a percentage of total net sales.We expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to diversify into non-accelerometer/sensor products and system solution products. However, research and development expenses as a percentage of total net sales are expected to decline as our total net sales continue to increase.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of wages, salaries and commissions for our sales and marketing personnel; consulting expenses, primarily consisting of sales consulting services and software application consulting services; travel expenses; independent sales representatives commissions; office rental; market promotion and others expenses and stock-based compensation. We expect the sales and marketing expense to increase in the long term as we continue to invest in sales and marketing resources to develop new market applications, expand our sales marketing network and engage in additional marketing and promotional activities.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries and wages for administrative personnel; costs for professional services, including legal, tax and accounting services; depreciation and amortization expenses for non-manufacturing equipment; travel and entertainment expenses; office supply and other office-related expenses; office rental expenses; others, such as utilities, insurance and provision for accounts receivable; and stock-based compensation. Our general and administrative expenses increased in 2011 due to expanded operations in California and Wuxi China. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as we hire additional personnel and incur costs related to the anticipated growth of our business and our operations. However, we expect that such expenses will decrease as a percentage of net sales.

Impairment of Goodwill

We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $4.5 million related to our 2010 Crossbow acquisition at December 31, 2011 as a result of our annual 2011 goodwill impairment analysis.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense), primarily consists of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents, and interest expense incurred on our borrowings and net foreign currency exchange gains and losses.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

We conduct sales through our headquarters in Andover, Massachusetts. Our Wuxi subsidiary is primarily engaged in manufacturing and engineering activities and does not conduct direct sales to customers. For internal accounting and PRC tax purposes, we account for the transfers of goods from our Wuxi subsidiary to our U.S. headquarters as sales, and calculate the transfer price of such sales based on a markup of manufacturing and operating costs. We believe the prices of these sales were consistent with the prevailing market prices.

U.S. Tax

In the United States, we are subject to the federal income tax and the Massachusetts state income tax, which are approximately at the rates of 34.0% and 8.25%, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had gross U.S. net operating loss carryforwards of $8.7 million, which expire in various amounts beginning in 2028. Included within this amount is approximately $289,000 of excess tax deductions associated with non-qualified stock options that have been exercised. When these excess tax benefits actually result in a reduction to currently payable income taxes, the tax benefit will be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company’s operating losses may be subject to limitations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

32

PRC tax

Our PRC taxes primarily consist of enterprise income tax, value-added tax, and certain other miscellaneous taxes.

Enterprise Income Tax

On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress of China approved and promulgated a new tax law named “Enterprise Income Tax Law”, which took effect beginning January 1, 2008. Under the new tax law, FIEs and domestic companies are subject to a uniform tax rate of 25%. The new tax law provides a five-year transition period starting from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new tax law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. In accordance with regulations issued by the State Council, the tax rate of such enterprises may gradually transition to the uniform tax rate within the transition period. For those enterprises which are enjoying tax holidays, such tax holidays may continue until their expiration in accordance with the regulations issued by the State Council, but where the tax holiday has not yet started because of losses, such tax holiday shall be deemed to commence from 2008，the first effective year of the new tax law.  Our Wuxi subsidiary, MEMSIC Semiconductor (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. ( “MEMSIC Semiconductor”) was entitled to a five-year tax holiday, pursuant to which it was exempted from paying the enterprise income tax for 2007, the year in which it first had positive accumulated earnings, and 2008, followed by a 50% reduction from 2009 to 2011.

While the new tax law equalizes the tax rates for FIEs and domestic companies, preferential tax treatment would continue to be given to companies in certain encouraged sectors and to entities classified as “high-technology companies especially supported by the PRC government,” whether FIEs or domestic companies. And the qualification will be reviewed every three years.

MEMSIC Semiconductor has been qualified as a “high-technology company especially supported by the PRC government” in 2008.  Therefore, a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% under the new tax law will apply to MEMSIC Semiconductor.  However, according to the relevant transition preferential tax policies issued by the State Council, the preferential enterprise income tax rate under the new tax law and the transition-period preferential tax policy can not apply simultaneously. That is to say, MEMSIC Semiconductor may either choose to benefit from the exemption from enterprise income tax for 2007 and 2008 and a 50% reduction on the uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% from 2009 to 2011, or, choose the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% for qualified high-technology companies under the new tax law. We believe the adoption of the transition-period preferential tax policy will be more beneficial to MEMSIC Semiconductor. Therefore, from 2009 to 2011, the effective income tax rate for MEMSIC Semiconductor is 12.5%.

As a result of the new tax law, following 2011 and upon expiration of the Company’s 50% reduction from the then applicable income tax rate, our effective tax rate may increase, unless we are otherwise eligible for preferential treatment. In 2011, MEMSIC Semiconductor has passed the “high-technology Company especially supported by the PRC government” review.  Therefore, MEMSIC Semiconductor will be entitled to the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% from 2012 to 2014.

The new tax law and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC entity to a non-resident enterprise for tax purposes is subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10% subject to reduction by an applicable tax treaty with the PRC. We expect that a 10% withholding tax will apply to dividends paid to us by our Wuxi subsidiary, but this treatment will depend on our status as a non-resident enterprise of China. For detailed discussion of PRC tax issues related to resident enterprise status, see “Risk Factors -Risks Related to Doing Business in China - We may be treated as a resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes under the Enterprise Income Tax Law effective as of January 1, 2008, which may subject us to PRC income tax for any dividends we pay to our non-PRC stockholders” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended.

Our indirect Wuxi subsidiary and MEMSIC Semiconductor’s wholly owned subsidiary MEMSIC Transducer Systems Company Limited (“MTS”) is subject to the enterprise income tax rate of 25%.  In 2012, MTS will apply for “high-technology Company especially supported by the PRC government”.  Once approved, a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% will apply to MTS.

33

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—The discontinuation of any of the preferential tax treatments currently available to us in China could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Other PRC taxes

Other miscellaneous PRC taxes primarily consist of property tax, land-use tax and stamp tax which are accounted for in our general and administrative expenses, and education surcharge and City maintenance and construction tax, which is recorded as part of our cost of goods sold.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We have based our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with our board of directors. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are the most sensitive and are those that require the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. You should read the following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures filed in with this prospectus.

Investments

We account for our investments under ASC Topic 320, Investments – Debt and Equity Securities. Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and are accounted for at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on these securities are reported as other comprehensive income (loss), respectively. Under ASC Topic 320-10, unrealized holding gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported net of the related tax effect in other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. When the fair value of an investment declines below its original cost, we evaluate the investment in accordance with ASC Topic 320-10, which address the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. When the fair value of an investment declines below its original cost, we consider all available evidence to evaluate whether the decline is other-than-temporary. Among other things, we consider the duration and extent of the decline and economic factors influencing the markets. If a decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security is written off to fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down is reflected in earnings (that is, accounted for as a realized loss). The new cost basis is not to be changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value. Subsequent increases in the fair value of available-for-sale securities are included in other comprehensive income; subsequent decreases in fair value, if not an other-than-temporary impairment, also are included in other comprehensive income. The determination of whether a loss is other than temporary is highly judgmental and may have a material impact on our results of operations.

As of December 31, 2011, our investments included $2.6 million of auction rate securities. Due to liquidity issues that have recently been experienced in global credit and capital markets, certain of the auction rate securities we hold have failed at auction, meaning that the amount of securities submitted for sale at auction exceeded the amount of purchase orders. If an auction fails, the issuer becomes obligated to pay interest at penalty rates, and all of the auction rate securities we hold continue to pay interest in accordance with their stated terms. We have classified our auction rate securities as long-term investments since December 31, 2008, due to our assessment of the uncertainty as to the time frame within which we would likely be able to liquidate these investments under current market conditions.

34

 We estimated the fair value of these securities at December 31, 2011 using broker valuations and internally-developed models of the expected future cash flows related to the securities as well as a third party specialist’s valuation. One of the more significant assumptions made in our internally-developed models was the term of expected cash flows of the underlying auction rate securities and the discount related to the illiquidity of the investments. We developed several scenarios for the liquidation of the auction rate securities over periods that ranged from 3 to 7 years. In estimating the fair value of these investments, we considered the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, the magnitude of the losses compared to the investments' cost, the length of time the investments have been in an unrealized loss position, the low probability that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security, whether the security has been downgraded by a rating agency, and our ability and intent to hold these investments until the anticipated recovery in market value occurs. Based on the estimated operating cash flows and other sources of cash, we intend to hold these auction rate securities for the foreseeable future.

Our valuation analysis at December 31, 2011 resulted in no change in temporary unrealized impairment loss from 2010.  The total unrealized impairment loss at December 31, 2011 was $400,000. We continue to monitor the market for auction rate securities and to assess its impact on the fair value of our investments. If current market conditions deteriorate further, we may be required to record additional temporary unrealized losses in other comprehensive income (loss) or, if the decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security may be written off to fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down would be reflected as a charge to earnings.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of our products to OEM and ODM customers when all of the following conditions have been met: (i) evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer, typically consisting of a purchase order or contract; (ii) our products have been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the customer; (iii) we have completed all of the necessary terms of the purchase order or contract; (iv) the amount of revenue to which we are entitled is fixed or determinable; and (v) we believe it is probable that we will be able to collect the amount due from the customer. To the extent that one or more of these conditions has not been satisfied, we defer recognition of revenue. An allowance for estimated future product returns and sales price allowances is established at the date of revenue recognition. An allowance for uncollectible receivables is established by a charge to operations, when in our opinion, it is probable that the amount due to us will not be collected. Historically, product returns and bad debt expense have not been significant.

Our products are warranted against manufacturing defects for twelve months following the date of sale (eighteen months following date of sale to a distributor). Products returned under the provisions of the warranty agreement require our pre-approval. Our sole obligation under the provisions of the warranty agreement is to replace or repair the product. Reserves for potential warranty claims are provided at the time of revenue recognition and are based on several factors including historical claims experience, current sales levels and our estimate of repair costs. To date, warranty expenses have not been significant.

We sell products to OEM and ODM manufacturers as well as distributors. Sales to distributors are made pursuant to distributor agreements, which allow for the return of goods under certain circumstances. We follow the following criteria for recognition of sales to distributors: (i) the selling price to the distributors is fixed or determinable at the date of shipment; (ii) our product has been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the distributors; (iv) it is probable that the amount due from the distributor will be collected; (v) we do not have a significant future obligations to directly assist in the distributor’s resale of the product and (vi) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Once these criteria are met, we recognize revenue upon shipment to the distributor and estimate returns based on historical sales returns.

35

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Our standard policy on payment terms is net 30 days from delivery. In 2011 and 2010, our average days sales outstanding was 33 days and 30 days, respectively. At certain times our trade accounts receivable have included balances from customers that have exceeded 10% of total accounts receivable. We have established credit limits for each of our customers and reviews such limits prior to product shipment. We believe that such customers are of high credit quality and that we are not subject to unusual risk with respect to such customers.

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable is included as a charge to sales and marketing expense. We evaluate the sufficiency of our allowance for accounts receivable on a quarterly basis.

The sufficiency of our allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable is evaluated based on the recoverability of our accounts receivable, which is in turn based on a combination of factors, many of which are based on estimates. These factors include indicators of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position. In addition, we may consider the length of time the receivables are past due, the financial health of the customer and historical experience. If circumstances related to specific customers change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average first in-first out) or market. We evaluate our inventory for potential excess and obsolete inventories based on forecasted demands and record a provision for such amounts as necessary.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess cost of the Crossbow asset acquisition over the net fair value allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and to the acquired intangible asset that does not qualify for separate recognition according to ASC Topic 805. All goodwill acquired in the Crossbow acquisition has been allocated to our system solutions product reporting unit. The factors that account for the goodwill include the following synergies:

· Combined enhanced technical capability – our low cost sensing technology combined with Crossbow’s system integration expertise enables us to develop low-cost, high performance integrated sensing system products.

· Synergistic expanded customer base in stable markets – the acquisition gives us access to industrial and aerospace markets that generally offer higher margins and more stability than its current mobile and consumer markets.

· Increased growth opportunity for the acquired business lines in the China market by utilizing our China sales channels and resources.

· The opportunity to leverage our low cost manufacturing capacity in China to reduce the manufacturing cost of the acquired system products and improve gross margin.

We evaluate our goodwill annually at the end of the year. In December 2011, we performed an impairment test for goodwill and we reached the conclusion after two years of operations that the system solutions business was not likely to grow as originally forecasted without creating new market applications with new and upgraded products. We concluded that this slower than anticipated growth represented an indicator of impairment of the goodwill associated with the acquired assets. We concluded that impairment existed as of December 31, 2011 and recorded an impairment charge of $4.5 million in 2011. The ending balance of goodwill at December 31, 2011 was $607,000.

36

We performed the recoverability test to determine whether an impairment loss should be measured with respect to the long-lived assets of our system solution product reporting unit, including trademarks, customer relationships and developed technologies. We estimated the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the long-lived assets of the system solution product reporting unit and their eventual disposal and compared this to the carrying amount of the long-lived assets. We concluded that the estimated undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying amount and the long-lived assets are recoverable, and that therefore, an impairment of the long-lived assets did not exist at December 31, 2011.

We performed our analysis according to ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and ASC Topic 360, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, using a two-step method. In the first step, we compared the estimated fair value of the reporting segment of our system solution product to its carrying amount, including goodwill, and this comparison indicated an impairment.

The determination of the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit included two valuation methods: the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, we have considered the discounted cash flow (DCF) method. Under the market approach, we have considered the guideline public company (GPC). The income approach provides a method for incorporating our long term forecast into the determination of value. Judgment is required when performing adjustments to the forecast, selecting an appropriate discount rate and determining a terminal value. The market approach provides a method for incorporating market prices and multiples into the determination of value. Judgment is required when selecting guideline companies and transactions and when adjusting the multiples. Under the guideline public company method, value was estimated based on multiples of 2011 revenues and 2012 projected revenues. We compared our system solution product reporting unit to the guideline public companies in terms of size, profit margins and revenue growth rates. The guideline public company multiples were discounted based on these comparisons. A premium for control of 17% was applied to the value indicated by the guideline public company method. We have applied equal weighting to the income and market (GPC) approaches. We tested the reasonableness of the fair value conclusion by calculating value using the DCF method and the GPC method, comparing the fair value conclusion to the market capitalization of the parent company.

As a result of this analysis, we concluded that the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit was less than the carrying amount, indicating an impairment.

According to ASC Topic 350, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, step two is required to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Step two requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of the system solution product segment, including any unrecognized intangible assets, and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Any remaining unallocated fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value of goodwill to compute the goodwill impairment amount. We followed these steps and calculated the goodwill impairment to be $4.5 million at December 31, 2011.

We plan to continue to perform an impairment test for goodwill on an annual basis at the end of each fiscal year. In addition to the annual goodwill impairment test, an interim test for goodwill impairment will be completed when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset.

Stock-Based Compensation

General

Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are recognized in our financial statements based on their fair values. The cost of equity-based service awards is based on the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period). Stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees are accounted for utilizing the fair value method or, if a more reliable measurement, the value of the services or consideration received. The resulting compensation expense is recognized for financial reporting over the term of performance or vesting.

37

Valuation of Stock Options

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an option award. The key input assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include; (i) the risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at the grant date, (ii) the expected life of the options is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior; (iii) volatility is based on historic volatilities from traded shares of a selected publicly traded peer group, believed to be comparable after consideration of size, maturity, profitability, growth, risk and return on investment; and (iv) dividend yield, we have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to in the foreseeable future. We utilize historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

Income Taxes

Our deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and of tax credits. Deferred tax assets arise when a company’s financial statements recognize charges or expenses that, for income tax purposes, will not be allowed as deductions until future periods. For example, when a corporation incurs an expense in its financial statements, such as restructuring charges, that it is not allowed to deduct on its federal tax return until paid in the future, the future tax benefit of that expense is generally recorded in the income statement as a reduction of income tax expense and in the balance sheet as a deferred tax asset. The same general treatment applies to the carry forward of unused net operating losses and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets are often netted with deferred tax liabilities when presented in the balance sheet and are referred to as net deferred tax assets.  We measure our deferred tax assets and liabilities using the tax rates and laws we expect to be in effect at the time of their reversal or utilization. 

Under ASC Topic 740, Accounting for Income Tax, a net deferred tax asset may be carried on the balance sheet at its full value only if it is more likely than not that the deductions, losses, or credits giving rise to such deferred tax asset will be used in the future.  We periodically evaluate our deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach that considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including our historical profitability and projections of future taxable income. Under GAAP, we are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or stockholders’ equity if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management-approved business plans and ongoing tax planning strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period based on changes in tax laws or variances between our projected operating performance, our actual results and other factors.

We have been in a three-year cumulative loss position since 2009 in the United States and as a result we recorded a full valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets, due to the uncertainty with respect to future taxable income in the United States.  In the event we generate future taxable income our income tax expense in future periods could be reduced to the extent those deferred tax assets are deemed recoverable.

The net deferred tax asset balance at December 31, 2011 was $202,000, including $173,000 related to PRC taxes applicable to our China subsidiary and $29,000 related to Japan taxes applicable to Crossbow Japan.

We reinvest any earnings of our Wuxi subsidiary, MEMSIC Semiconductor, in its operations. We have not provided for U.S. income taxes that could result from the distribution of such earnings to us. If these earnings were ultimately distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of the Wuxi subsidiary were sold or transferred, we would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, net of impact of any available foreign tax credits. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on these undistributed earnings.

38

We have performed an analysis of our uncertain tax positions in connection with the application of ASC Topic 740 as of the year ended December 31, 2011 and concluded we have no uncertain tax positions that do not meet a more likely than not standard set forth by ASC Topic 740. Therefore, we have recorded no tax reserve related to uncertain positions in our financial statements

Advance Research Funding

Advance research funding represents grants awarded by the Chinese government to fund specific research and development projects that we undertake. The amount received is initially recorded as a liability and subsequently recognized as a credit to research and development expenses in our statements of operations or to equipment used in the specified research and development projects on our balance sheet as we perform the project. Significant judgment may be involved in assessing our completion of the project or compliance with the required application of the research funding to qualified expenses.

39

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated statements of operations for the periods by amount and as a percentage of our total net sales. This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011						2010
	Amount			% of net sales			Amount			% of net sales
	(dollar amounts in thousands)
Net sales	$	68,153			100.0	%	$	38,652			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		44,314			65.0			23,327			60.4
Gross profit		23,839			35.0			15,325			39.6
Operating expenses:
Research and development		8,554			12.5			8,698			22.5
Sales and marketing		6,892			10.1			5,092			13.2
General and administrative		10,355			15.2			8,547			22.1
Amortization expense		1,628			2.3			1,549			4.0
Impairment of goodwill		4,492			6.6			-			-
Total operating expenses		31,921			46.7			23,886			61.8
Operating loss		(8,082	)		(11.7	)		(8,561	)		(22.2	)
Other income:
Interest and dividend income		438			0.6			442			1.1
Foreign exchange gain		1,154			1.7			682			1.8
Other, net		564			0.8			133			0.4
Total other income		2,156			3.1			1,257			3.3
Loss before income taxes		(5,926	)		(8.6	)		(7,304	)		(18.9	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		77			0.1			(6	)		(0.0	)
Net loss	$	(6,003	)		(8.7	)	$	(7,298	)		(18.9	)
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest		82			0.1			64			0.2
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,085	)		(8.8	) %	$	(7,362	)		(19.1	) %

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Net Sales. Our netsales increased by 76.3% to $68.2 million in 2011 from $38.7 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our sales of our magnetic sensor products to a single customer for mobile phone applications. Sales in our systems solutions segment decreased to $10.3 million in 2011 from $10.9 million in 2010.

· Sales in mobile phone applications increased 360.9% to $35.4 million in 2011 from $7.7 million in 2010, due to a significant increase in unit sales of our magnetic sensor products.

· Sales in automotive applications increased 19.6% to $14.4 million in 2011 from $12.0 million in 2010.  The increase reflects the continued growth of sensor products in the vehicle stability control application.

· Sales in consumer applications increased 4.6% to $6.6 million in 2011, compared to $6.3 million in 2010.

Cost of goods sold.  Our cost of goods sold increased by 90.0% to $44.3 million in 2011 from $23.3 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the volume of units sold.

Gross profit and gross margin. Our gross profit increased by 55.6% to $23.8 million in 2011 from $15.3 million in 2010. Our gross margin decreased to 35.0% in 2011 from 39.6% in 2010 primarily due to thedecline in the average selling prices of our magnetic sensor products in 2011, particularly on products for mobile phone applications, which more than offset the generally higher gross margins on our new system solution products.

40

Our gross profits and gross margins by product type are shown in the following table (dollars in thousands):

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Gross Profit		Margin %			Gross Profit		Margin %
Sensor products	$	18,237		31.5	%	$	10,108		36.4	%
System solution products		5,602		54.5			5,217		48.0
Total	$	23,839		35.0	%	$	15,325		39.6	%

Gross profit from our sensor products increased to $18.2 million in 2011 from $10.1 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to increased sales volume of our magnetic sensor products. Gross margin of our sensor products decreased to 31.5% in 2011 from 36.4% in 2010 as a result of changes in our sales mix due to net sales of lower-margin mobile phone applications increasing to 51.9% of net sales in 2011 from 19.8% of net sales in 2010, which negatively affected the average gross margin.

Gross profit of our system solution products increased to $5.6 million in 2011 from $5.2 million in 2010 as a result of improved margins.  Gross margin of our system solution products increased to 54.5% in 2011 from 48.0% in 2010 as a result of an increase in sales of higher margin products and lower overall costs as a result of our transfer of manufacturing activities to our Wuxi manufacturing facility.  We expect our gross margin of our system solution products to remain strong as we realize the benefit from the transfer of manufacturing of system solution products to in-house operations in China.

Research and development.   Our research and development expenses decreased by 1.7%, to $8.6 million in 2011 from $8.7 million in 2010. This decrease was primarily attributable to the application of research and development subsidies received from the Chinese government to certain engineering project expenses. Research and development expenses, as a percentage of total net sales, decreased to 12.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 22.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of total net sales increase. We will continue to invest in research and development projects to develop new products and system solutions, and as a result, we expect our research and development expense will increase in 2012.

Sales and marketing.   Our sales and marketing expenses increased by 35.3% to $6.9 million in 2011 from $5.1 million in 2010. The increase was primarily due to increased commission expense related to higher sales volume and marketing resources for our existing product lines. Sales and marketing expenses, as a percentage of total net sales, decreased to 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 13.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of total net sales increase.

General and administrative.  Our general and administrative expenses increased by 21.2% to $10.4 million in 2011 from $8.5 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to increased headcount, increased office and administrative expenses of our California office and MTS. General and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total net sales, decreased to 15.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 22.1% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of total net sales increase.

Amortization. Amortization expense increased to $1.6 million in 2011 from $1.5 million in 2010.

Impairment of Goodwill.   We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $4.5 million related to our 2010 Crossbow acquisition at December 31, 2011 as a result of our annual 2011 goodwill impairment analysis.

Other income.  Our other income was $2.2 million in 2011 compared to $1.3 million in 2010. This increase was primarily due to foreign exchange gain and the collection of $0.3 million related to a previously written-off loan.

Provision for income taxes. Our income tax provision was $77,000 in 2011 compared to an income tax benefit of $6,000 in 2010. Our income tax provision for 2011 reflected a tax provision of $138,000 related to income in Crossbow Japan and a provision of $1,000 related to U.S. state minimum tax, offset by a tax benefit of $5,000 related to a change in the deferred tax assets in China and a reversal of a provision of $57,000 related to certain deferred tax liabilities as a result of goodwill impairment loss.

Our income tax benefit in 2010 reflected principally a provision of $62,000 related to net income in Crossbow Japan and a provision of $57,000 related to certain deferred tax liability, offset by an income tax benefit of $122,000 related to a research and development tax credit received by our Wuxi subsidiary and a tax benefit of $3,000 related to a change in the deferred tax asset in China. Our income tax provision for 2009 principally reflected income tax expense incurred by our Wuxi subsidiary. Beginning in 2009, our Wuxi subsidiary started its three-year tax holiday period at one-half the unified tax rate of 25%, which will extend until 2011.

41

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2011, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $51.9 million. In addition, our investments included $6.8 million of short-term investments and $2.6 million of auction rate securities that have failed at auction and that are classified as long-term investments on our balance sheet.  The principal represented by the auction rate security will not be accessible to us until one of the following occurs: a successful auction occurs, the issuer redeems the issue, a buyer is found outside of the auction process or the underlying securities have matured. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we received $2.4 million from a full redemption of the Montana Health Facility Authority Select Auction Variable Rate Securities that we held, which were previously classified as long-term investments on our balance sheet.  Based on our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not expect the potential lack of liquidity in the remaining auction rate securities that we hold to affect our ability to execute our current business plan in the near term. There can be no assurance that we would be able in the near term to liquidate these securities on favorable terms, or at all, and if we should require access to these funds sooner than we currently expect, our inability to sell these auction rate securities could adversely affect our liquidity and our financial flexibility.

We outsource certain steps of the manufacturing process to third parties while conducting the remaining steps in-house. As a result, our principal uses of cash historically have consisted of payments to our suppliers for the costs related to the outsourcing of wafer fabrication and outsourced processing fees paid to and materials purchased from third parties, as well as payments for our manufacturing overhead and equipment purchases. Other significant cash outlays consist of capital expenditures, including the construction of our buildings in China.  We also have used cash to fund salaries, wages and commissions for our non-manufacturing related employees.

On June 30, 2010, our newly established indirect Wuxi subsidiary, MEMSIC Transducer Systems Company Limited, or MTS, obtained a $20 million, five-year project loan from Agricultural Bank of China. Of this amount, $15 million was used by MTS to purchase from us substantially all the assets that we purchased from Crossbow Technology, $3 million is for working capital purposes and $2 million for the purchase of equipment to build the manufacturing capacity for the system solution products.  This loan is collateralized by the buildings and land owned by our Wuxi subsidiaries as well as the intellectual property purchased by MTS from us. The interest rate of the loan is a variable rate, adjusted semi-annually based on the LIBOR rate plus 4.00%. MTS has obtained agreement from the local Wuxi government to fully subsidize the interest expense on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2011, $17,930,000 has been withdrawn and is outstanding.  The repayment schedule of the principal amount is as follows:

Date	Payment Amount
June 29, 2012	$	500,000
June 29, 2013	$	1,000,000
June 29, 2014	$	2,500,000
June 29, 2015	$	13,930,000
	$	17,930,000

In June 2010, we purchased a parcel of land in Wuxi for $4.0 million, on which we built the new manufacturing facility for MTS.

We believe that our current cash, recent proceeds of the project loan from the Agricultural Bank of China, funds from the local government of Wuxi and cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including working capital requirements and capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months. Our future cash requirements will depend on many factors, including our operating income, the timing of our new product introductions, the costs of maintaining adequate manufacturing capacity, the continuing market acceptance of our products, or other changing business conditions and future developments, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our existing cash is insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity securities, debt securities or borrow from banks. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. The sale of additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would be dilutive to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would divert cash for working capital requirements and capital expenditures to service debt and could result in operating and financial covenants that restrict our operations and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing, our business, operations and prospects may suffer.

42

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2011			2010
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	4,037,259		$	(2,833,475	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(7,293,717	)		(25,981,526	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(59,727	)		17,900,266
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(463,892	)		(361,796	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	(3,780,077	)	$	(11,276,531	)

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for 2011 was $4.0 million, which was the result of a net loss of $6.0 million adjusted to reflect a net increase relating to non-cash items and the net change in operating assets and liabilities.  The non-cash items totaled $10.8 million and were the result of $4.7 million depreciation and amortization, stock based compensation of $1.6 million, and goodwill impairment charge of $4.5 million.  The adjustments related to changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities, a net decrease of $0.8 million, consisted of a $2.1 million increase in inventory, an increase of $2.4 million in accounts receivable, offset by a decrease in others assets of $0.4 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3.3 million.

Net cash used by operating activities for 2010 was $2.8 million, which was derived from a net loss of $7.3 million adjusted to reflect a net increase relating to non-cash items and the net change in operating assets and liabilities.  The adjustments relating to non-cash items of $5.4 million, were primarily attributable to depreciation and amortization of $3.9 million, stock based compensation of $1.5 million and deferred income tax of $29,000.  The adjustments related to changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities, a net decrease in cash of $1.0 million, consisted of an increase in inventory of $3.1 million, an increase in accounts receivable of $0.8 million, and an increase in other assets of $1.5 million offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $4.4 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for 2011 was $7.3 million primarily attributable to the $6.8 million purchases of short-term investments and $2.9 million used for the purchase of property and equipment, offset by proceeds from the sale of investments of $2.4 million as the result of the redemption of one of our auction rate securities.

Net cash used in investing activities for 2010 was $26.0 million, primarily consisting of the payment of $17.6 million, net of acquired cash of $0.4 million, for the Crossbow acquisition and $8.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment for expanding our manufacturing capacity for future growth, offset by proceeds from sale of investments of $0.2 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash used by financing activities for 2011 was $60,000, mainly the result of payment of a cash dividend of $115,000 paid to the minority owner of the joint venture in Japan offset by proceeds of $56,000 from the exercise of options to purchase common stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2010 was $17.9 million, primarily reflecting proceeds from the project loan from the Agricultural Bank of China of $17.9 million and proceeds of $22,000 from exercise of options to purchase common stock, offset by a cash dividend of $52,000 paid to the minority owner of the joint venture in Japan.

Capital Expenditures

We have completed the first phase of construction of two new buildings adjacent to our current facility in Wuxi, China, comprising 20,800 square meters, consisting of 8,700 square meters for a new research and development institute and 12,100 square meters of new manufacturing facilities. Phase one included the structural construction of the two new buildings and furnishing and fitting out the research and development office building. We started using the research and development office building in the fourth quarter of 2009.  The total cost for this phase was $6.7 million. Phase two includes the furnishing and equipment of the manufacturing facility. At the end of 2011, we furnished and equipped one third of our new manufacturing facility to meet our expected production requirements for both accelerometer products and non-accelerometer products in 2011.

43

We completed another manufacturing facility with 14,000 square meters total space in Wuxi, China in 2011 to host the manufacturing of our system solution products. The construction site is located on the same property as the Company’s June 2010 land purchase. The construction cost of approximately $8.1 million has been financed by the local Chinese government. We are currently negotiating with the local Chinese government the terms of an arrangement under which we expect either to lease the building for five years or to purchase the building at cost from the government within five years.

Our capital expenditures amounted to $2.9 million and $8.5 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have special purpose entities.  Other than operating leases for office leases, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB amended ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. This amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amended provisions are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However, early adoption is permitted if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. This amendment impacts testing steps only and, therefore, adoption will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. This amendment was issued to enhance comparability between entities that report under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and to provide a more consistent method of presenting non-owner transactions that affect an entity’s equity. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The amended provisions are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, and full retrospective application is required. This amendment impacts presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption will not have an impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU No. 2011-04). The amendments in this update apply to all reporting entities that are required or permitted to measure or disclose the fair value of an asset, a liability, or an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-04 does not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provides guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP or IFRS. ASU No. 2011-04 changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. We do not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.  ASU No. 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands required disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted. A company may elect, but will not be required, to adopt the amendments in ASU No. 2009-13 retrospectively for all prior periods. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on our financial position or statement of operations.

44

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MEMSIC, Inc.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	46
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	47
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	48
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	49
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	51

45

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of MEMSIC, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MEMSIC, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of MEMSIC, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Boston, Massachusetts

March 16, 2012

46

MEMSIC, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,			December 31,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	51,914,128		$	55,694,205
Restricted cash		3,791,189			2,928,933
Short-term investments		6,814,728			-
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,441 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010		6,068,904			3,664,444
Inventories		11,459,153			8,923,127
Other assets		2,050,787			2,537,445
Total current assets		82,098,889			73,748,154
Property and equipment, net		30,998,489			22,015,502
Long-term investments		2,600,000			5,020,000
Goodwill		606,976			4,919,513
Intangible assets, net		11,091,532			11,894,328
Other assets		136,633			67,599
Total assets	$	127,532,519		$	117,665,096
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	8,439,605		$	4,563,420
Accrued expenses		2,630,966			2,969,839
Advance research funding		3,791,189			2,928,933
Current portion of long-term debt		500,000			-
Total current liabilities		15,361,760			10,462,192
Note payable to bank, net of current portion		17,430,000			17,930,000
Building liability		8,161,288			-
Other liabilities		124,180			90,036
Total other liabilities		25,715,468			18,020,036
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; authorized, 45,000,000 shares; 23,983,813 and 23,810,613 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively		240			238
Additional paid-in capital		101,266,272			99,615,378
Accumulated other comprehensive income		4,363,930			3,029,372
Accumulated deficit		(19,908,135	)		(13,823,565	)
MEMSIC, Inc. stockholders' equity		85,722,307			88,821,423
Non-controlling interest related to joint ventures		732,984			361,445
Total stockholders' equity		86,455,291			89,182,868
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	127,532,519		$	117,665,096

See notes to consolidated financial statements

47

MEMSIC, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Net sales	$	68,153,132		$	38,651,577
Cost of goods sold		44,313,782			23,326,823
Gross profit		23,839,350			15,324,754
Operating expenses:
Research and development		8,553,569			8,697,981
Sales and marketing		6,892,303			5,092,353
General and administrative		10,354,798			8,546,722
Amortization expense		1,627,692			1,549,377
Impairment of goodwill		4,492,000			-
Total operating expenses		31,920,362			23,886,433
Operating loss		(8,081,012	)		(8,561,679	)
Other income:
Interest and dividend income		437,655			442,167
Foreign exchange gain		1,153,822			682,290
Other, net		564,489			132,992
Total other income		2,155,966			1,257,449
Loss before income taxes		(5,925,046	)		(7,304,230	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		77,397			(5,628	)
Net loss		(6,002,443	)		(7,298,602	)
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest		82,127			64,111
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,084,570	)	$	(7,362,713	)
Net loss per common share to MEMSIC, Inc.:
Basic	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.31	)
Diluted	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.31	)
Weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per common share:
Basic		23,827,937			23,803,414
Diluted		23,827,937			23,803,414

See notes to consolidated financial statements

48

MEMSIC, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

					Additional			Accumulated Other						MEMSIC, Inc.			Non-
	Common Stock				Paid-In			Comprehensive			Accumulated			Stockholders’			controlling			Total
	Shares		Par Value		Capital			Income			Deficit			Equity			Interest			Equity
Balance at December 31, 2009		23,793,113	$	238	$	98,112,408		$	2,218,496		$	(6,460,852	)	$	93,870,290		$	-		$	93,870,290
Net loss												(7,362,713	)		(7,362,713	)		64,111			(7,298,602	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment									963,876						963,876						963,876
Unrealized loss on auction rate securities									(153,000	)					(153,000	)					(153,000	)
Comprehensive loss															(6,551,837	)		64,111			(6,487,726	)
Exercise of options to purchase common stock		17,500		0		22,410									22,410						22,410
Stock compensation expense						1,480,560									1,480,560						1,480,560
Acquisition of Crossbow Japan minority interest															-			349,478			349,478
Dividend paid to Crossbow Japan non-controlling interest																		(52,144	)		(52,144	)
Balance at  December 31, 2010		23,810,613		238		99,615,378			3,029,372			(13,823,565	)		88,821,423			361,445			89,182,868
Net loss									-			(6,084,570	)		(6,084,570	)		82,127			(6,002,443	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment									1,334,755			-			1,334,755			(3,025	)		1,331,730
Unrealized loss on short-term investment									(197	)		-			(197	)		-			(197	)
Comprehensive loss									1,334,558			(6,084,570	)		(4,750,012	)		79,102			(4,670,910	)
Exercise of options to purchase common stock		33,200		1		55,661									55,662						55,662
Issuance of restricted stock award		140,000		1		(1	)								-						-
Stock compensation expense						1,595,234									1,595,234						1,595,234
Acquisition of Wuxi WSN non-controlling interest															-			317,767			317,767
Dividend paid to Crossbow Japan non-controlling interest and other adjustment																		(25,330	)		(25,330	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		23,983,813	$	240	$	101,266,272		$	4,363,930		$	(19,908,135	)	$	85,722,307		$	732,984		$	86,455,291

See notes to consolidated financial statements

49

MEMSIC, Inc.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(6,002,443	)	$	(7,298,602	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation		3,114,498			2,313,039
Amortization		1,627,692			1,549,377
Stock compensation expense		1,595,234			1,480,560
Deferred rent		34,145			31,494
Deferred income taxes		(64,664	)		28,504
Impairment of goodwill		4,492,000			-
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of business acquisition:
Restricted cash		(708,501	)		(1,981,344	)
Accounts receivable		(2,386,050	)		(775,455	)
Inventories		(2,104,880	)		(3,125,258	)
Other assets		417,273			(1,451,845	)
Advance research funding		708,501			1,981,344
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		3,314,454			4,414,711
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		4,037,259			(2,833,475	)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of short-term investments		(6,814,925	)		-
Proceeds from sale of long-term investments		2,420,000			180,000
Purchase of property and equipment		(2,898,792	)		(8,513,773	)
Acquisition payment, net of acquired cash of $352,247		-			(17,647,753	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(7,293,717	)		(25,981,526	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Cash dividend paid to non-controlling interest		(115,389	)		(52,144	)
Proceeds from exercise of options to purchase common stock		55,662			22,410
Proceeds from note payable to bank		-			17,930,000
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(59,727	)		17,900,266
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(463,892	)		(361,796	)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(3,780,077	)		(11,276,531	)
Cash and cash equivalents —beginning of year		55,694,205			66,970,736
Cash and cash equivalents —end of year	$	51,914,128		$	55,694,205
Supplemental disclosure of cash flows information:
Cash paid for income taxes	$	800		$	800
Building liability	$	8,161,288		$	-

See notes to consolidated financial statements

50

MEMSIC, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

MEMSIC, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on March 3, 1999 as a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading provider of semiconductor sensor systems solutions based on micro electromechanical systems (MEMS) technology and advanced integrated circuit design. The Company has integrated a MEMS technology-based inertial sensor, commonly known as an accelerometer, with mixed signal processing circuitry onto a single chip using a standard complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) process. This proprietary technology has allowed for sensor solutions at lower cost, higher performance and improved functionality. Utilizing a standard CMOS process allows easy integration of additional functions and the creation of new sensors to expand into magnetic, touch and flow sensors, as well as other MEMS application areas beyond accelerometers. Any application that requires the control or measurement of motion is a potential application for accelerometers. The Company’s sensor and solution products have a wide range of applications for consumer electronics, mobile phones, automotive (airbags, rollover detection, electronic stability control and navigation systems), as well as business, industrial and medical applications.

MEMSIC, Inc. maintains its corporate headquarters in Massachusetts. All manufacturing operations are provided by its wholly-owned subsidiary, MEMSIC Semiconductor (Wuxi) Company Limited (MEMSIC Semiconductor) and MEMSIC Semiconductor’s wholly owned subsidiary MEMSIC Transducer Systems Company Limited (MTS), which are located in the People’s Republic of China (PRC).

On November 23, 2011, MEMSIC Transducer Systems, Co. Ltd. (“MTS”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into an Investment Contribution Agreement (“JV Agreement”) with Wuxi New District Science and Technology Financial Investment Group Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi VC Group”), a state owned Chinese venture capital fund.  The JV Agreement creates a joint venture to further design, develop and market MTS’ wireless sensor network technology.

In connection with the joint venture, a new corporation was organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), named MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi WSN”).  MTS has a 66.7% ownership of Wuxi WSN which is set to begin operation in January 2012.

2. ACQUISITION

On January 15, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of assets related to Crossbow Technology, Inc.’s commercial (non-military) Inertial Systems business and Wireless Sensor Network “Mote” and eKo business (collectively, the “Business”), including intellectual property rights, property and equipment relating to the Business and 153 shares of Crossbow Japan Limited (Crossbow Japan), representing a 51% ownership of the entity.  The purchase price for the Business consisted of a payment of $18 million in cash at the closing.

The acquisition has significantly strengthened the Company’s capability to develop integrated sensing systems that incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions. The acquisition also broadened the Company’s customer base to include industrialand aerospace markets that it believes may offer higher margins and more stability than the mobile and consumer markets. The Company also believes that its strong presence in China provides an opportunity tointroduce these newly acquired wireless sensor network and inertial systems products in the fast-growing Chinese market.

The Company incurred approximately $379,000 acquisition-related costs. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $0 and $82,809 were recognized in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively. There were no other costs incurred in connection with the acquisition.

51

Purchase Price Allocation

The allocation of the purchase price and the purchase price accounting is based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities measured as of January 15, 2010 in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations.

The purchase price paid for the acquisition is as follows:

Cash paid	$	18,000,000
Total purchase price	$	18,000,000

The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

Allocation of purchase price	Total
Working capital	$	1,047,339	(1)
Property and equipment		593,929
Trademarks		396,730
Customer relationships		4,495,003
Developed technology		6,998,000
Goodwill		4,818,477
		18,349,478
Non-controlling interest in majority owned Japan joint venture		(349,478	)
Allocation of purchase price	$	18,000,000

Note (1):     The working capital included the following:
	Total
Cash	$	352,247
Accounts receivable		224,140
Inventory		544,197
Other current assets		219,708
Total current assets		1,340,292
Accounts payable		30,561
Other current liabilities		262,392
Total current liabilities		292,953
Working capital	$	1,047,339

In the Company’s 2010 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, these amounts were included in investing activities and are excluded from the changes in assets and liabilities in operating activities.

52

Non-controlling Interest

As part of the Crossbow asset acquisition, MEMSIC acquired a 51% ownership of Crossbow Japan. The fair value of the non-controlling interest in Crossbow Japan at the acquisition date was $349,478, representing 49% of the fair value of Crossbow Japan at the acquisition date. The technique used to value Crossbow Japan was a combination of the cost, market and income approaches. The cost approach was used for the current assets and liabilities. The cost approach, specifically the assemblage cost avoided method, was used for the assembled and trained workforce. The income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method, was used to value the customer relationships. The relief from royalty rate method, which considers both the market approach and the income approach, was used to value the trademarks.

Pro Forma Revenue and Net Loss

The Company’s pro forma revenue, net loss and net loss per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $39.1 million, $7.5 million and $0.31 had the Company closed the acquisition on January 1, 2010.

The results of the Crossbow acquisition for 2011 and 2010 are shown in the system solutions segment.  Results are reported through gross margin as management expenses are not allocated to the segments.

3. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MEMSIC, Inc., MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and the Company’s majority owned and controlled joint ventures, Crossbow Japan and Wuxi WSN.  The Company presents all of Crossbow Japan’s assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as the non-controlling interest in Crossbow Japan (representing the 49% equity interest in the entity not owned by the Company), in its consolidated financial statements.   The Company also presents all of Wuxi WSN’s assets and liabilities as well as the non-controlling interest in Wuxi WSN (representing 33.3% equity interest in the entity not owned by the Company), in its consolidated financial statements.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs were not material for the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

53

Restricted Cash

The Company has presented cash on hand associated with advance research funding received from the Chinese government as restricted cash since the cash must be maintained in a separate bank account and used only for specified research projects.

Advance Research Funding

Advance research funding represents research funding granted by the Chinese government for specific research and development projects the Company is taking on. The amount received is initially recorded as a liability and subsequently recognized as a credit to research and development expenses in the statements of operations, or to the carrying value of equipment purchased for the projects as the Company performs the project and has complied with the conditions or performance obligations attached to the related government grants.

Advance research funding activities for year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	Advanced Research Funding
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	2,928,933
Funds received		1,908,024
Research and development activities		(498,215	)
Property and equipment expenditures		(547,553	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	3,791,189

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments consist primarily of bank certificate deposits, government and municipal bonds with maturities of one year or less. The Company classifies it short-term investments as “held-to-maturity”, which are carried at amortized cost.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s manufacturing operations and certain other operations are conducted by MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and Wuxi WSN. The functional currency of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and Wuxi WSN is the Renminbi. Financial transactions between the Company and MEMSIC Semiconductor and MTS are conducted in United States dollars. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the underlying currency for approximately 56.4% and 51.1% of consolidated assets, respectively, was the Renminbi. The functional currency of the acquired joint venture Crossbow Japan is the Japanese Yen. Financial transactions between the Company and Crossbow Japan are conducted in United States dollars. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the underlying currency for approximately 1.2% and 1.1% of consolidated assets, respectively, was the Japanese Yen.  The Company does not believe that it is subject to significant foreign exchange risk and, accordingly, has not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.

The financial statements of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS, Wuxi WSN and Crossbow Japan are translated into United States dollars in accordance with United States GAAP. The functional currencies of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS, Wuxi WSN and Crossbow Japan are translated into United States dollars utilizing the following method: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the end of the period, and revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the year. Cumulative translation gains and losses are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and reported as a part of comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, established the standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income (loss) in financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) is defined to include all changes in stockholders’ equity during the period other than those changes that result from investments by and distributions to stockholders.

Concentration of Credit

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents as well as accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are on deposit at financial institutions and, at times, exceed the federal insured limits. The Company believes that the financial institutions are of high credit quality and that the Company is not subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

54

The Company, as indicated below, has customers that comprise more than 10% of sales or accounts receivables for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company establishes credit limits for each of its customers and reviews such limits prior to product shipment. The Company believes that the customers indicated below are of high credit quality and that the Company is not subject to unusual risk with respect to such customers, and generally does not require collateral. The following schedule summarizes the percent of total sales to each customer that accounted for 10% or more of our total sales in either 2011 or 2010.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010
Customer I		37.4	%		4.2	%
Customer II		18.3			26.2
% of total sales		55.6	%		30.4	%

The following schedule summarizes the percent of total accounts receivable balances for these customers for the periods indicated.

	Year ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010
Customer I		37.5	%		3.9	%
Customer II		36.8			43.2
% of total accounts receivable		74.3	%		47.1	%

Concentration of Supplier

The Company relies on one affiliated supplier for all wafer purchases required in the manufacturing process, other than those used in the Company’s magnetic sensor products. Investment funds controlled by this supplier beneficially own approximately 9.8% of the Company’s common stock, and one of the Company’s directors is the managing partner and chief financial officer of these funds. Purchases from this affiliated supplier represent approximately 29% and 40% of all material costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively, presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $592,000 of non-cancellable open purchase order agreements with this affiliated supplier, and the Company’s accounts payable at December 31, 2011 include $0.7 million due to this supplier.

Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect at the date of the financial statements the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of the instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, carryforward tax losses and available tax credits. Such assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and laws expected to be in effect at the time of their reversal or utilization. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce the net deferred tax asset to an amount more likely than not to be realized. For interim reporting periods, the Company uses the estimated annual effective tax rate except with respect to discrete items, whose impact is recognized in the interim period in which the discrete item occurred.

55

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets relate to issued and applied for patents on the Company’s core technology, gas meter processing know-how purchased in May 2008 and intellectual property related to the Company’s January 2010 acquisition of assets from Crossbow Technology, Inc.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average FIFO) or market. The Company evaluates its inventory for potential excess and obsolete inventories based on forecasted demand and records a provision for such amounts as necessary.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting, depreciation is provided utilizing straight-line method over the estimated two to ten-year life for equipment and furniture and fixtures, the estimated twenty year life for the building in China, and the estimated forty-seven year life for land in China. Chinese statutory regulations stipulate that the ownership of land reverts back to the PRC after forty-seven years. The Company estimates a residual value of 10% of the assets’ original cost in calculating depreciation for assets in China. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life or term of the lease. Costs for repairs and maintenance that do not increase the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its product to end customers when all of the following conditions have been met: (i) evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer, typically consisting of a purchase order or contract; (ii) the Company’s products have been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the customer; (iii) the Company has completed all of the necessary terms of the purchase order or contract; (iv) the amount of revenue to which the Company is entitled is fixed or determinable; and (v) the Company believes it is probable that it will be able to collect the amount due from the customer. To the extent that one or more of these conditions has not been satisfied, the Company defers recognition of revenue. An allowance for estimated future product returns and sales price allowances is established at the date of revenue recognition. An allowance for uncollectible receivables is established by a charge to operations when, in the opinion of the Company, it is probable that the amount due to the Company will not be collected.

The Company sells its products to distributors as well as to end customers. Sales to distributors are made pursuant to distributor agreements, which allow for the return of goods under certain circumstances. Accordingly, the Company follows the following criteria for recognition of sales to distributors: (i) the selling price to the distributor is fixed or determinable at the date of shipment; (ii) the distributor’s obligation to pay the selling price is not contingent on resale of the product; (iii) the Company’s product has been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the distributor; (iv) it is probable that the amount due from the distributor will be collected; (v) the Company does not have significant future obligations to directly assist in the distributor’s resale of the product; and (vi) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Once these criteria are met, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment to the distributor and estimates returns based on historical sales returns.

Shipping and Handling costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payments to employees based on requirements that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, shall be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The cost of equity-based service awards is based on the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period). Stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees are accounted for utilizing the fair value method or, if a more reliable measurement, the value of the services or consideration received. The resulting compensation expense is recognized for financial reporting over the term of performance or vesting.

56

Warranty Reserve

The Company’s products are warranted against manufacturing defects for twelve months following the date of sale (eighteen months following date of sale to a distributor). Products returned under the provisions of the warranty agreement require the pre-approval of the Company. The Company’s sole obligation under the provisions of the warranty agreement is to replace or repair the product. Reserves for potential warranty claims are provided at the time of revenue recognition and are based on several factors including historical claims experience, current sales levels and the Company’s estimate of repair costs. To date, warranty expenses have not been significant.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB amended ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. This amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amended provisions are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However, early adoption is permitted if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. This amendment impacts testing steps only and, therefore, adoption will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. This amendment was issued to enhance comparability between entities that report under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and to provide a more consistent method of presenting non-owner transactions that affect an entity’s equity. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The amended provisions are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, and full retrospective application is required. This amendment impacts presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU No. 2011-04). The amendments in this update apply to all reporting entities that are required or permitted to measure or disclose the fair value of an asset, a liability, or an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-04 does not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provides guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP or IFRS. ASU No. 2011-04 changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Company does not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

57

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.  ASU No. 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands required disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted. A company may elect, but will not be required, to adopt the amendments in ASU No. 2009-13 retrospectively for all prior periods. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or statement of operations.

5. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

Investments held by the Company at December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of auction rate securities, or ARS, and are considered available for sale. These securities reset the interest or dividend rates by auctions held at intervals of 7, 28, 35 or 49 days, and at such dates the Company has the option to sell such securities. The auction rate securities held by the Company have contractual maturities of greater than 10 years.

These investments are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if any, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities are included in interest and dividend income. Quarterly, management reviews the valuation of investments and considers whether any decline in value is deemed to be other than a temporary decline.

At December 31, 2011, the Company held one ARS investment: Illinois Educational Facilities Authority Select Auction Variable Rate Securities having a value at par of $3.0 million with a maturity date in 2028.  The carrying value of this investment at December 31, 2011 was $2.6 million, net of a $0.4 million temporary unrealized impairment loss. The Company has classified this investment as a long-term asset due to liquidity issues experienced in global credit and capital markets as well as failed auctions since the first quarter of 2008. A failed auction means that the amount of securities submitted for sale at auction exceeded the amount of purchase orders. If an auction fails, the issuer becomes obligated to pay interest at penalty rates, and all of the auction rate securities the Company holds continue to pay interest in accordance with their stated terms. However, the failed auctions create uncertainty as to the liquidity of these securities.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received $2.4 million from a full redemption of the Montana Health Facility Authority Select Auction Variable Rate Securities previously held by the Company.

Based on the Company’s expected operating cash flows, and other sources of cash, the Company does not expect the potential lack of liquidity in these investments to affect its ability to execute its current business plan in the near term.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company accounts for assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 820.

ASC Topic 820 provides that fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 requires the Company to use valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2: Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or market-corroborated inputs

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets or liabilities

58

The valuation techniques that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

A. Market approach - Uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities

B. Income approach - Uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on current market expectations about those future amounts, including present value techniques, option-pricing models and excess earnings methods

C. Cost approach - Based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost)

The Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period include (in thousands):

	Carrying amount as of December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Valuation Technique
Auction rate securities	$	2,600	$	-	$	-	$	2,600	(B)

The reconciliation of the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows (in thousands):

	Auction Rate Securities
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	5,020
Redemptions		(2,420	)
Transfers to Level 3		-
Gains and losses:
Reported in earnings		-
Reported in other comprehensive loss		-
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2,600

The Company initially accounted for the ARS held in its portfolio as available-for-sale investments. The carrying value of these ARS approximated fair value due to the frequent resetting of the interest rate. While the Company continues to earn interest at the specified contractual rate on those investments involved in failed auctions, due to the ongoing failed auctions and the illiquidity of these securities under current market conditions, the Company has considered whether par value continues to be a reasonable basis for estimating the fair value of these ARS at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The Company estimated the fair value of these securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 using broker valuations and internally-developed models of the expected future cash flows related to the securities as well as referencing a third party specialist’s valuation. One of the more significant assumptions made in the Company’s internally-developed models was the term of expected cash flows of the underlying auction rate securities and the discount related to the illiquidity of the investments. The Company developed several scenarios for the liquidation of the auction rate securities over periods that ranged from 3 to 7 years. In estimating the fair value of these investments, the Company considered the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, the magnitude of the losses compared to the investments' cost, the length of time the investments have been in an unrealized loss position, the low probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security, whether the security has been downgraded by a rating agency, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold these investments until the anticipated recovery in market value occurs. Based on the estimated operating cash flows and other sources of cash, the Company intends to hold these auction rate securities for the foreseeable future.

The Company’s valuation analysis for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in no change to the  unrealized impairment loss recorded at December 31, 2010. The total unrealized impairment loss at December 31, 2011 was $400,000. The Company continues to monitor the market for auction rate securities and to assess its impact on the fair value of the Company’s investments. If current market conditions deteriorate further, the Company may be required to record additional temporary unrealized losses in other comprehensive income (loss) or, if the decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security may be written off to fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down would be reflected as a charge to earnings.

59

6.  INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Raw materials	$	5,106,112	$	3,583,679
Work in process		3,258,397		3,276,095
Finished units		3,094,644		2,063,353
Total	$	11,459,153	$	8,923,127

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Land	$	4,531,177	$	4,321,026
Building and improvements		17,642,165		7,881,596
Machinery and equipment		17,270,155		15,029,596
Computer hardware and software		1,153,730		1,040,898
Construction-in-progress		3,585,156		3,451,689
Total property and equipment, at cost		44,182,383		31,724,805
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		13,183,894		9,709,303
Property and equipment, net	$	30,998,489	$	22,015,502

The Company has completed the first phase of construction of two new buildings adjacent to its current facility in Wuxi, China, comprising 20,800 square meters, consisting of 8,700 square meters for a new research and development institute and 12,100 square meters of new manufacturing facilities. Phase two includes the furnishing and equipment of the manufacturing facility. By the end of 2011, the Company completed one third of phase two to furnish and equip the new manufacturing building.

In June 2010, the Company purchased a piece of land in Wuxi for approximately $4 million to build the MTS manufacturing facility.  In August 2011, the Company completed construction of the MTS manufacturing facility with 14,000 square meters of total space to host the manufacturing of its system solution products. The construction cost of approximately $8.1 million was financed by the local Chinese government. The Company is currently negotiating with the local Chinese government the terms of an arrangement under which the Company expects either to lease the building for five years or to purchase the building at cost from the government within five years. The $8.1 million cost of construction of the building is reflected as a long-term liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

8.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess cost of the Crossbow asset acquisition over the net fair value allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and to the acquired intangible asset that does not qualify for separate recognition according to ASC Topic 805. All goodwill acquired in the Crossbow acquisition has been allocated to the Company’s system solutions product segment. The factors that account for the goodwill include the following synergies:

· Combined enhanced technical capability – the Company’s low cost sensing technology combined with Crossbow’s system integration expertise enables the Company to develop low-cost, high performance integrated sensing system products.

60

· Synergistic expanded customer base in stable markets – the acquisition gave the Company access to industrial and aerospace markets that generally offer higher margins and more stability than its current mobile and consumer markets.

· Increased growth opportunity for the acquired business lines in the China market by utilizing the Company’s China sales channels and resources.

· The opportunity to leverage the Company’s low cost manufacturing capacity in China to reduce the manufacturing cost of the acquired system products and improve gross margin.

The Company evaluates the goodwill annually at the end of the year. In December 2011 the Company performed an impairment test for goodwill and the Company’s management reached a conclusion after two years of operations that the system solutions business was not likely to grow as originally forecasted without creating new market applications with new and upgraded products. The Company concluded that this slower than anticipated growth represented an indicator of impairment of the goodwill associated with the acquired assets. The Company concluded that impairment existed as of December 31, 2011 and recorded an impairment charge of $4.5 million in 2011. The ending balance of goodwill at December 31, 2011 was $607,000.

The Company determined the goodwill impairment according to ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and ASC Topic 360, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, using a two-step method. In the first step, it compared the estimated fair value of its system solution product reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill and it indicated an impairment.

The determination of the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit included two valuation methods: the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company considered the discounted cash flow (DCF) method. Under the market approach, it considered the guideline public company (GPC). The income approach provides a method for incorporating the Company’s long term forecast into the determination of value. Judgment is required when performing adjustments to the forecast, selecting an appropriate discount rate and determining a terminal value. The market approach provides a method for incorporating market prices and multiples into the determination of value. Judgment is required when selecting guideline companies and transactions and when adjusting the multiples. Under the guideline public company method, value was estimated based on multiples of 2011 revenues and 2012 projected revenues. The Company compared our system solution product reporting unit to the guideline public companies in terms of size, profit margins and revenue growth rates. The guideline public company multiples were discounted based on these comparisons. A premium for control of 17% was applied to the value indicated by the guideline public company method. We have applied equal weighting to the income and GPC approaches. We tested the reasonableness of the fair value conclusion by calculating value using the DCF method and the GPC method, comparing the fair value conclusion to the market capitalization of the parent company.

As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit was less than the carrying amount, indicating an impairment.

According to ASC Topic 350, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, step two is required to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Step two requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of the system solution product segment, including any unrecognized intangible assets, and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Any remaining unallocated fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value of goodwill to compute the goodwill impairment amount. The Company followed these steps and calculated the goodwill impairment to be $4.5 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company will continue to perform an annual impairment test for goodwill at the end of each fiscal year to determine potential impairment of the remaining goodwill. In addition to the annual goodwill impairment test, an interim test for goodwill impairment will be completed when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset.

61

The carrying amount of goodwill and activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Sensor business segment		System solution business segment			Total
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	-	$	4,919,513		$	4,919,513
Impairment charge		-		(4,492,000	)		(4,492,000	)
Foreign exchange impact		-		179,463			179,463
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	-	$	606,976		$	606,976

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets relate to issued and applied-for patents on the Company’s core technology and gas meter processing know-how purchased in May 2008, as well as trademarks, customer relationships and developed technology acquired from Crossbow Technology, Inc. on January 15, 2010.

Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2011:

	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount		Expected life (Years)
December 31, 2011
Patents	$	1,219,129	$	(277,804	)	$	941,325		15
Know-how		593,240		(405,563	)		187,677		5
Trademarks		408,000		(399,500	)		8,500		2
Customer relationships		4,918,690		(1,031,441	)		3,887,249		8-10
Developed technology		7,544,929		(1,478,148	)		6,066,781		8-10
	$	14,683,988	$	(3,592,456	)	$	11,091,532
December 31, 2010
Patents	$	1,015,736	$	(207,125	)	$	808,611		15
Know-how		532,536		(274,991	)		257,545		5
Trademarks		396,730		(190,100	)		206,630		2
Customer relationships		4,619,236		(484,868	)		4,134,368		8-10
Developed technology		7,195,004		(707,830	)		6,487,174		8-10
	$	13,759,242	$	(1,864,914	)	$	11,894,328

Amortization expense expected over the next five years (2012 and beyond) is approximately $1.3 million per year. Amortization expense amounted to $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  Changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets included the impact from foreign exchange rate.

The Company has considered the cash flows associated with the valuation of the definite-lived intangible assets and concluded that the straight-line amortization method best approximates the economic pattern of usefulness of those assets.

62

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Accrued compensation	$	1,244,690	$	1,891,400
Professional fees		347,242		403,570
Other		1,039,034		674,869
Total accrued expenses	$	2,630,966	$	2,969,839

10.  NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK

On June 30, 2010, MTS, a wholly owned subsidiary of MEMSIC Semiconductor, entered into a five-year project loan agreement with Agricultural Bank of China. The total loan available is $20 million, of which $15 million was designated by the Company for the purchase of substantially all the assets acquired from Crossbow Technology, Inc., $3 million for working capital purposes and $2 million for the purchase of equipment to be used in the manufacture of the Company’s system solution products.

The loan is collateralized by the buildings and land owned by MEMSIC Semiconductor as well as the land and intellectual property owned or to be purchased by MTS. The interest rate of the loan is a variable rate, adjusted semi-annually based on the LIBOR rate plus 4.00%. MTS has obtained agreement from the local government in Wuxi, China to fully subsidize the interest expense on a quarterly basis. No financial covenants are required for this loan. As of December 31, 2011, MTS has withdrawn an amount of $17.9 million and has $2.1 million available for borrowing. Interest expense paid and subsidized by the Wuxi government for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.9 million.  In the remote event the Wuxi government is unable to fulfill its obligation, the Company would recognize the interest expense in its income statement. The repayment schedule of the principal amount is as follows:

Date	Payment Amount
June 29, 2012	$	500,000
June 29, 2013	$	1,000,000
June 29, 2014	$	2,500,000
June 29, 2015	$	13,930,000
	$	17,930,000

11. COMMON STOCK

The Company reserved 5,990,405 and 4,525,968 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for outstanding options to purchase common stock.

12. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Description of Plan

On March 29, 2000, the Company’s stockholders and board of directors approved the 2000 Omnibus Stock Plan (the “2000 Plan”), as amended, under which 2,969,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to directors, officers, employees, and consultants.  With the adoption of the 2007 Plan discussed below, the Company no longer grants awards under the 2000 Plan.

On August 22, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”), under which up to 3,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may become available for issuance. At the adoption date, 1,526,425 shares were reserved for issuance. The reserved amount will increase by 300,000 shares at each of the five anniversaries of the adoption date, for a maximum of 3,000,000 shares issuable under the 2007 Plan.

63

Options granted under the 2000 Plan and the 2007 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Both the 2000 Plan and the 2007 Plan provide that the exercise price of incentive stock options must be at least equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock at the date such option is granted. For incentive stock option grants to an employee who owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, the exercise price of the incentive stock option must be not less than 110% of market value at the time of grant. Granted options expire in ten years or less from the date of grant and vest based on the terms of the awards, generally ratably over four years.

Prior to December 19, 2007, there was no public market for the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, the board of directors determined the market value of the common stock at the date of grant by considering a number of relevant factors, including the Company’s operating and financial performance and corporate milestones achieved, the prices at which shares of convertible preferred stock in arm’s-length transactions were sold, the composition of and changes to the management team, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the common stock at the time of each grant and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying stock options.

On December 9, 2009, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan (the “2009 Plan”) with an effective date on January 15, 2010, the closing date of the acquisition of Crossbow assets. Under the 2009 Plan, up to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may become available for issuance. On December 23, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved an Amended and Restated 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan (the “Amended and Restated Plan”) and an increase in shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan from 1,250,000 to 2,500,000. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors, the form of option to be employed under the Amended and Restated Plan shall be substantially identical to the form of nonqualified option customarily used under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

On June 29, 2011 at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders and board of directors approved the amendment and restatement of the Company’s 2007 Plan. The Amended and Restated 2007 Plan

· permits the granting of restricted stock units (“RSU”), performance-based stock awards and stock appreciation rights;

· eliminates the ability to reprice options;

· extends the expiration date of the plan to June 29, 2021;

· provides that awards may qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

· incorporates certain other administrative provisions.

The approval of the amendment and restatement of the 2007 Plan does not change the number of shares available for awards under the 2007 Plan.

Valuation of Stock Options

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an option award. The key input assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include: (i) the risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at the grant date, (ii) the expected life of the options is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior; (iii) volatility is based on the implied volatility of the Company’s common stock, which the Company believes results in the best estimate of the grant-date fair value of employee stock options because it reflects the market’s current expectations of future volatility. Prior to January 1, 2010, due to limited historical information on the volatility of the Company’s common stock, the Company determined the volatility for options based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with substantially similar terms; and (iv) dividend yield of zero, as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and it does not expect to in the foreseeable future. The Company utilizes historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

64

During the third and fourth quarter of 2011, the company only granted restricted stock units and did not grant any stock options. The weighted-average fair values per share of the options granted during 2011 and 2010 were $1.97 and $2.00, respectively, utilizing the following assumptions:

	For the Year Ended
	December 31,
	2011	2010
Volatility	64%	64% - 70%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%
Expected life	5.6 - 5.8 years	5.0 - 6.0 years
Risk free interest rate	2.20% - 2.34%	1.67%-2.65%
Forfeitures	36% - 37%	36%- 37%

The Company accounts for stock options granted to consultants using the fair value method for the calculation of compensation cost. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded compensation expense for stock option grants to consultants in the amount of $0 and $42,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted to the Company’s employees and directors was estimated to approximate $2.1 million.

The stock option activity under the 2000, 2007 and 2009 Stock Plan is as follows:

				Weighted		Remaining
	Options			Average		Contractual		Aggregrate
	Outstanding			Exercise Price		Term in Years		Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding at January 1, 2011		2,588,080		$	4.76		7.4	$	1,863,883
Granted		305,000			3.40
Exercised		(33,200	)		1.68
Cancelled		(521,075	)		2.85
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,338,805		$	5.00		6.5	$	1,131,474
Options vested at December 31, 2011		1,362,951		$	4.71		5.1	$	917,140
Available for grant at December 31, 2011		2,977,600

The intrinsic values (aggregate market value minus aggregate exercise price) of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $34,494 and $19,280, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1,121,000 and $1,267,000, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense attributable to stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSA”) and RSUs was charged as follows:

	For the Year Ended
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Research and development	$	265,953	$	226,299
Sales and marketing		184,431		178,837
General and administrative		1,144,850		1,075,424
Total	$	1,595,234	$	1,480,560

The Company accounts for RSAs and RSUs using the fair value at the date of the grant for the calculation of compensation cost. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense for RSAs and RSUs in the amount of $199,000 and $119,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation expenses related to non-vested RSAs and RSUs were $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. These expenses are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years for RSAs and 3.6 years for RSUs.

65

A summary of RSA activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
			Market Value
	Shares		at Grant Date
Nonvested at January 1, 2011A		-	$	-
Awarded		140,000		3.41
Released		-		-
Forfeited		-		-
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		140,000	$	3.41

A summary of RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

				Weighted
				Average
				Market Value
	Shares			at Grant Date
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		-		$	-
Awarded		581,000			3.12
Released		-			-
Forfeited		(47,000	)		3.08
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		534,000		$	3.12

13. COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Comprehensive loss is defined to include all changes in stockholders’ equity during the period other than those changes that result from investments by and distributions to stockholders. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s comprehensive loss is the sum of net loss, unrealized loss on investment and the foreign currency translation adjustment, as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,084,570	)	$	(7,362,713	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized loss on short-term investments		(197	)		-
Foreign currency translation adjustment		1,334,755			963,876
Unrealized impairment loss on auction rate securities		-			(153,000	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(4,750,012	)		(6,551,837	)
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		82,127			64,111
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(3,025	)		-
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest		79,102			64,111
Total comprehensive loss	$	(4,670,910	)	$	(6,487,726	)

66

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE

The calculation for basic and diluted net loss per share is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,084,570	)	$	(7,362,713	)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares		23,827,937			23,803,414
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents		-			-
Diluted weighted average shares		23,827,937			23,803,414
Net loss per common share	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.31	)

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had 1.5 million each year dilutive potential common shares in the form of stock options which were not included in the computation of net loss per diluted share because these stock options would be anti-dilutive.

15. INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to United States federal and state income taxes as well as taxation rules and regulations in the PRC and Japan.

The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Income tax expense (benefit)
Current:
Federal	$	-		$	-
State		1,256			1,256
Foreign		140,649			(35,388	)
Total current		141,905			(34,132	)
Deferred:
Federal		(25,153	)		25,153
State		(1,554	)		1,554
Foreign		(37,801	)		1,797
Total deferred		(64,508	)		28,504
	$	77,397		$	(5,628	)

The following table presents pre-tax loss for the Company and its subsidiaries:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
United States	$	(5,302,163	)	$	(5,381,105	)
Foreign		(622,883	)		(1,923,125	)
	$	(5,925,046	)	$	(7,304,230	)

67

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes with the expected income tax obligation (benefit) by applying the United States federal statutory rate to the net income (loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Provision (benefit) computed at statutory rate	$	(2,014,516	)	$	(2,483,438	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(197	)		1,855
Permanent differences		42,807			(9,148	)
Research and development tax credits		(634,919	)		(122,067	)
Foreign rate difference		(192,839	)		452,067
Other		2,877,061			2,155,103
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	77,397		$	(5,628	)

The Company has a policy to permanently reinvest any earnings of MEMSIC Semiconductor in Chinese operations. The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes that could result from the distribution of such earnings to the U.S. parent. If these earnings were ultimately distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of MEMSIC Semiconductor were sold or transferred, the Company would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, net of  the impact of any available foreign tax credits. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on these undistributed earnings. As of December 31, 2011, MEMSIC Semiconductor had cumulative foreign earnings of $8.5 million.  MEMSIC Semiconductor and its subsidiary MTS are governed by the Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIE”) and Foreign Enterprises and various local income tax laws (the “PRC Income Tax Law”). Beginning January 1, 2008, under the new tax law named “Enterprise Income Tax Law” , FIEs and domestic companies are subject to a uniform tax rate of 25%. The new tax law provides a five-year transition period starting from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new tax law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. In accordance with regulations issued by the State Council, the tax rate of such enterprises may gradually transition to the uniform tax rate within the transition period. For those enterprises which are enjoying tax holidays, such tax holidays may continue until their expiration in accordance with the regulations issued by the State Council, but where the tax holiday has not yet started because of losses, such tax holiday shall be deemed to commence from the first effective year of the new tax law. While the new tax law equalizes the tax rates for FIEs and domestic companies, preferential tax treatment would continue to be given to companies in certain encouraged sectors and to entities classified as “high-technology companies especially supported by the PRC government,” whether FIEs or domestic companies.

Since MEMSIC Semiconductor was established in the Wuxi New District as a PRC high-technology company, it is entitled to the reduced FEIT rate of 15% and is exempt from FEIT for its first two years of profitable operations after offsetting prior year’s tax losses and is entitled to a 50% reduction in its FEIT for the following three years as approved by the tax authorities in accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises and its Implementation Rules issued in 1991. In addition, MEMSIC Semiconductor is exempted from the 3% local income tax during the above preferential tax treatment periods of five years pursuant to the Rule Concerning Exemption or Reduction of Local Income Tax for Foreign Invested Enterprises issued by the People’s Government of Guangdong Province issued in 1992.

However, according to the relevant transition preferential tax policies issued by the State Council on March 16, 2007, the preferential enterprise income tax rate under the new tax law and the transition-period preferential tax policy can not apply simultaneously. MEMSIC Semiconductor may either choose to enjoy the exemption from enterprise income tax for 2007 and 2008 and a 50% reduction on the uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% from 2009 to 2011, or, choose the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% for qualified high-technology companies under the new tax law. The Company believes the adoption of the transition-period preferential tax policy will be more beneficial to MEMSIC Semiconductor.

Beginning in 2009, MEMSIC Semiconductor entered a three-year 50% tax reduction from the China uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25%.  MTS has not obtained a PRC high-technology company status and therefore is subject to the 25% uniform enterprise income tax rate in China.  Crossbow Japan is subject to a 40% tax rate.

68

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals and reserves	$	290,071		$	338,835
Net operating loss carryforwards		3,458,431			2,343,637
Depreciation and amortization		1,332,416			184,458
Stock-based compensation		1,753,900			1,127,700
Long term investment		137,100			137,000
R&D credit carryover		710,738			-
Deferred tax assets		7,682,656			4,131,630
Less valuation allowance		(7,428,259	)		(3,923,637	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	254,397		$	207,993
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	-		$	57,007
Unremitted foreign earnings		52,100			22,900
Deferred tax liabilities	$	52,100		$	79,907
Net deferred tax assets	$	202,297		$	128,086

Of the $7,428,259 and $3,923,637 valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 and 2010, $100 and $137,000 were recorded through other comprehensive income, respectively in 2011 and 2010 related to temporary decline of the long-term investment balance.

The deferred tax assets related to temporary differences of the Company’s China subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $172,913 and $159,955, respectively. The deferred tax assets related to Crossbow Japan was $29,384 at December 31, 2011.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company entered into and has remained in a three-year cumulative loss position in the United States tax jurisdiction and therefore, concluded a valuation allowance was appropriate for its deferred tax assets in the United States.  The Company recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for 2011 and 2010 based upon uncertainty with respect to future taxable income in the United States.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had gross United States net operating loss carryforwards of $8.7 million, which will expire in various amounts from 2028 through 2031. Included within this amount is approximately $289,000 of excess tax deductions associated with non-qualified stock options that have been exercised. When these excess tax benefits actually result in a reduction to currently payable income taxes, the tax benefit will be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company’s operating losses may be subject to limitations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Company has performed an analysis of its uncertain tax positions in connection with the application of ASC Topic 740 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and concluded that it has no uncertain tax positions that do not meet a more likely than not standard set forth by ASC Topic 740. Therefore, the Company has recorded no tax reserve related to uncertain positions in its financial statements.

The Company files returns in many foreign and state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations and considers the United States and PRC to be its significant tax jurisdictions. The tax years 1999 to 2011 are open tax years in the United States and PRC taxing jurisdiction. Although the Company believes its estimates of income tax payable are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the Company will prevail in any differences raised in a future audit. The Company believes such differences would not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, the Company’s income tax provision or operating results.

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its United States corporate headquarter facility, its California and Chicago offices and certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2015. The Company owns the property utilized for manufacturing and certain other operations located in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province, in the PRC.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual noncancelable operating lease commitments were $369,000, $271,000, $208,000 and $159,000 for 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $436,000 and $380,000, respectively.

69

Licensing Agreement and Marketing Agreements

In connection with its initial capitalization, the Company was assigned a technology license related to the design, manufacture and sale of low-cost thermal accelerometers from Analog Devices, Inc. The Company agreed to fulfill the obligations under the technology license, including royalty obligations to a university and patent prosecution expenses. While the Company believes that the agreements as a whole provide it with exclusive rights to the license and the patents, there can be no assurance that, if a third party challenges the validity of the patents, the Company will prevail and continue exclusive rights to the licensed technology and patents.

The license agreement provides that the Company must pay the university a quarterly royalty of 1% of net sales, not to exceed $100,000 per year, during the term of the license agreement. The Company paid royalty fees in the amount of $100,000 in 2011 and 2010, and recorded such amounts to general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd. Investment Contribution Agreement

Under the November 2011 MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd. Investment Contribution Agreement, Wuxi WSN is expected to increase its total registered capital to up to RMB30 million (approximately $4.8 million) within two years. For the additional investment, MTS is expected to contribute certain intangible assets with an assessed value equal to the incremental investment of RMB16 million (approximately $2.5 million). If the assessed value of the contributed intangible assets is less than RMB16 million, MTS will make up the deficiency in cash in order to bring the total investment from MTS to RMB20 million, representing 66.67% of the total equity.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan (the Plan) whereby employees may elect to defer a portion of their salary and contribute the deferred portion to the Plan. The Plan covers substantially all Unites States employees of the Company. The Company contributes an amount equal to 100% of the amount contributed by each employee, up to 2% of their base compensation. The Company’s matching contributions vest over a four year period. Employee contributions and the Company’s matching contributions are invested in one or more collective investment funds at the participant’s direction. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s contributions, including administrative fees, were approximately $54,657 and $55,716, respectively.

Other

The Company may be subject to claims that arise out of the ordinary course of business in legal disputes which arise in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company conducts its operations and manages its business in two reporting segments. The Company develops, designs, manufactures and markets (i) semiconductor sensor products (“sensor products”) based on micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) technology and advanced integrated circuit design and (ii) sensor system solution products (“system solution products”) which incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions and which initially consisted of the product lines acquired from Crossbow in January 2010. In making operating decisions, the Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, considers the gross profit results of the sensor product reporting unit and the system solution product reporting unit separately, but utilizes enterprise wide operating expense and earning results. As the management resources and certain assets are shared between the reporting segments, it is not practical to report the earnings and assets separately.

Revenues by product application

The categorization of revenue by product application is determined using a variety of data points including the technical characteristics of the product, the end customer product and application into which the Company’s product will be incorporated, and requires substantial judgment. Set forth below are the Company’s revenues by product application for the periods presented.

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Mobile phone	$	35,354,386	$	7,670,666
Consumer		6,629,055		6,338,400
Automotive		14,379,675		12,019,529
Industrial/other		11,790,016		12,622,982
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

Revenues and gross profit by product type

The following table summarizes revenue and gross profit by product categories.

70

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Revenue
Sensor products	$	57,876,788	$	27,789,373
System solution products		10,276,344		10,862,204
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Gross Profit
Sensor products	$	18,236,527	$	10,108,193
System solution products		5,602,823		5,216,561
Total	$	23,839,350	$	15,324,754

Revenues by geographical region

Revenue by geographic region, based upon customer location, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Asia (excluding Japan)	$	39,722,012	$	13,427,196
Europe		3,433,387		3,706,835
Japan		7,995,759		6,008,997
North America		16,630,001		14,359,526
Other		371,973		1,149,023
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

Total assets by geographical region

Total assets by geographical region are as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
United States	$	54,144,187	$	56,250,073
China		71,877,989		60,172,360
Japan		1,510,343		1,242,663
Total	$	127,532,519	$	117,665,096

Total long-lived assets by geographical region are as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
United States	$	830,826	$	1,034,156
China		30,166,756		20,980,268
Japan		907		1,078
Total	$	30,998,489	$	22,015,502

71

18. QUARTERLY DATA (Unaudited)

	2011 Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	12,954,920		$	15,372,634		$	18,357,300		$	21,468,278
Gross profit		4,941,721			4,998,169			6,201,767			7,697,693
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(1,328,179	)		(1,108,302	)		(368,767	)		(3,279,322	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.13	)

	2010 Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	7,271,993		$	9,095,626		$	10,844,719		$	11,439,239
Gross profit		2,845,494			3,688,427			4,093,525			4,697,308
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(2,319,962	)		(1,974,091	)		(1,931,273	)		(1,137,387	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.05	)

72

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2011. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, our disclosure controls and procedures were (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to our company, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events and the application of judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there is only reasonable assurance that our controls will succeed in achieving their goals under all potential future conditions.

Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

(a)   Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In connection with the preparation of our annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or the COSO Framework. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2011 based on those criteria.

73

(b) Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f), that occurred during the three-month period ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A with respect to our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Commission not later than April 29, 2012 (the “2011 Proxy Statement”) under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Background Information About Directors Continuing in Office,” “Corporate Governance” and “Information About Executive Officers.”

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our 2012 Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive Compensation.”

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our 2012 Proxy Statement under the heading “Information About Stock Ownership and Performance” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans.”

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information, if any, required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our 2012 Proxy Statement under the headings “Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance.”

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our 2012 Proxy Statement under the heading “Principal Accountant Fees and Services.”

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements are included in Item 8:

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	46
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010	47
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	48
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	49
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	50
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	51

74

 (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require filing of the schedule, or because information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following exhibits are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Exhibit No.	Description	Filed with This Form 10-K	Incorporated by Reference
			Form	Filing Date	Exhibit No.
3.1	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MEMSIC, Inc.		8-K	December 19, 2007	3.1
3.1	Amended and Restated By-Laws of MEMSIC, Inc.		S-1/A	November 30, 2007	3.4
4.1	Form of common stock certificate.		S-1/A	December 7, 2007	4.2
4.2	Fifth Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.		S-1	September 28, 2007	4.3
10.1	Technology License Agreement, dated March 3, 1999, between the Registrant and Analog Devices, Inc.		S-1	September 28, 2007	10.1
10.2	License Agreement, dated December 1, 1998, between Analog Devices, Inc. and Simon Fraser University together with the Amendment No. 1, dated January 1, 2005 between the Registrant and Simon Fraser University.		S-1	September 28, 2007	10.2

10.4	MEMSIC, Inc. 2000 Omnibus Stock Plan. *		S-1	September 28, 2007	10.9
10.5	MEMSIC, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan as amended effective June 29, 2011. *	X
10.6	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and employees. *		S-1	November 21, 2007	10.12
10.7	Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between the Registrant and directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Registrant *		S-1	November 21, 2007	10.13
10.8	Form of Senior Executive Change in Control Agreement. *		S-1	September 28, 2007	10.11
10.9	MEMSIC, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan *		S-8	April 9, 2010	10.9
10.10	Fixed Asset Loan Contract dated June 30, 2010		10-Q	August 16, 2010	10.2
10.11	Project Loan Interest Subsidy Agreement dated June 28, 2010		10-Q	August 16, 2010	10.6
10.12	MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd. Investment Contribution Agreement	X
10.13	Separation Agreement dated December 15, 2011 with Mark Laich	X
21.1	List of subsidiaries.		10K	March 25, 2011	21.1
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP	X

75

31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	X
		X
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
		X
32.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
		X
32.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.***	The following materials from MEMSIC, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ equity; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Income; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.

***

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010; (ii) Statement of Stockholders’ Equity,  (iii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

76

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

MEMSIC, INC.
(Registrant)
By:	/s/ Yang Zhao
	Yang Zhao, Ph.D.
	Chief Executive Officer
	and President

Date:  March   16, 2012

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities stated as of March 16, 2011.

Name	Title
/S/ YANG ZHAO	Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
Yang Zhao	(Principal Executive Officer)
/S/ Patricia Niu	Chief Financial Officer
Patricia Niu	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/S/ ROGER W. BLETHEN	Director
Roger W. Blethen
/S/ Larry A. Kaufman	Director
Larry A. Kaufman
/S/ MICHAEL TUNG
Michael Tung	Director
/S/ DAVID YANG
David Yang	Director
/S/ Quan Zhou
Quan Zhou	Director

77

EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

MEMSIC, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Table of Contents

Section 1.	General Purpose of the Plan	1
Section 2.	Definitions	1
Section 3.	Administration of Plan; Committee Authority to Select Participants and Determine Awards.	4
Section 4.	Shares Issuable under the Plan; Mergers; Substitution.	5
Section 5.	Eligibility.	6
Section 6.	Stock Options.	6
Section 7.	Restricted Stock Awards.	8
Section 8.	Restricted Stock Units.	9
Section 9.	Unrestricted Stock Awards.	9
Section 10.	Performance-Based Awards.	9
Section 11.	Stock Appreciation Rights.	10
Section 12.	Termination of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.	10
Section 13.	Tax Withholding and Notice.	11
Section 14.	Transfer and Leave of Absence.	12
Section 15.	Amendments and Termination.	12
Section 16.	Status of Plan.	13
Section 17.	Change of Control Provisions.	13
Section 18.	General Provisions.	14
Section 19.	Effective Date of Plan.	15
Section 20.	Governing Law.	15

MEMSIC, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

2007 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1.  General Purpose of the Plan

The purpose of this MEMSIC, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to encourage and enable officers and employees of, and other persons providing services to, MEMSIC, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Affiliates to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.  It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Original Plan”) as first adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on August 22, 2007, and subsequently approved by the stockholders of the Company on August 29, 2007, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Section 2.  Definitions

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Affiliate”means a parent corporation, if any, and each subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.

“Award” or “Awards”, except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Statutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards and Stock Appreciation Rights.  Awards shall be evidenced by a written agreement (which may be in electronic form and may be electronically acknowledged and accepted by the recipient) containing such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan as the Committee shall determine.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” shall mean, with respect to any Award holder, a determination by the Company (including the Board) or any Affiliate that the Award holder’s employment or other relationship with the Company or any such Affiliate should be terminated as a result of (i) a material breach by the Award holder of any agreement to which the Award holder and the Company (or any such Affiliate) are parties, (ii) any act (other than retirement) or omission to act by the Award holder that may have a material and adverse effect on the business of the Company, such Affiliate or any other Affiliate or on the Award holder’s ability to perform services for the Company or any such Affiliate, including, without limitation, the commission of any crime (other than an ordinary traffic violation), or (iii) any material misconduct or material neglect of duties by the Award holder in connection with the business or affairs of the Company or any such Affiliate.

“Change of Control” shall have the meaning set forth in 0.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Committee” shall have the meaning set forth in 0.

“Disability” means disability as set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan (as amended and restated) is approved by the shareholders as set forth in 0.

“Eligible Person” shall have the meaning set forth in 0.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” on any given date means the closing price per share of the Stock on such date as reported by NASDAQ or such other registered national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed; provided, that, if there is no trading on such date, Fair Market Value shall be deemed to be the closing price per share on the last preceding date on which the Stock was traded.  If the Stock is not listed on any registered national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be determined in good faith by the Committee.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Non-Employee Director” means any director who qualifies as a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

“Non-Statutory Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Normal Retirement” means retirement in good standing from active employment with the Company and its Affiliates in accordance with the retirement policies of the Company and its Affiliates then in effect.

“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to 0.

“Outside Director” means any director who (i) is not an employee of the Company or of any “affiliated group,” as such term is defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code, which includes the Company (an “Affiliated Group Member”), (ii) is not a former employee of the Company or any Affiliated Group Member who is receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the Company’s or any Affiliated Group Member’s taxable year, (iii) has not been an officer of the Company or any Affiliated Group Member and (iv) does not receive remuneration from the Company or any Affiliated Group Member, either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director.  “Outside Director” shall be determined in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.

2

“Performance-Based Award” means an Award granted pursuant to 0

“Performance Criterion”means any of the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual in connection with a Performance-Based Award and for a given Performance Cycle.  The Performance Criterion (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Committee, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Affiliate of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (ii) net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); (iii) changes in the market price of the Stock; (iv) cash flow; (v) funds from operations or similar measure; (vi) sales or revenue; (vii) acquisitions, strategic transactions, joint ventures, strategic alliances, spin-offs and divestitures; (viii) operating income (loss); (ix) return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; (x) total stockholder returns or total returns to stockholders; (xi) gross or net profit levels; (xii) productivity; (xiii) expense; (xiv) margins; (xv) operating efficiency; (xvi) customer satisfaction, acquisition or retention; (xvii) working capital; (xviii) earnings per share of Stock; (xix) sales of products or services; or (xx) strategic investments, recapitalizations, restructurings, financings or refinancing, any of which under the preceding clauses (i) through (xx) may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.

“Performance Cycle”means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criterion will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Performance-Based Award.

“Performance Goals”means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Committee for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criterion.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award granted pursuant to 0.

“Restricted Stock Units” means an Award granted pursuant to 0.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor authority.

“Section 409A”means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Stock” means the common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to 0.

“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted pursuant to 0.

“Unrestricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to 0.

3

Section 3.  Administration of Plan; Committee Authority to Select Participants and Determine Awards.

(a)             Committee.  It is intended that the Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”), consisting of not less than two (2) persons each of whom qualifies as an Outside Director and a Non-Employee Director, but the authority and validity of any act taken or not taken by the Committee shall not be affected if any person administering the Plan is not an  Outside Director or a Non-Employee Director.  Except as specifically reserved to the Board under the terms of the Plan, and subject to any limitations set forth in the charter of the Committee, the Committee shall have full and final authority to operate, manage and administer the Plan on behalf of the Company.

(b)             Powers of Committee.  The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant and modify Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i)            to select the persons to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii)           to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Statutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock, Performance Shares and Stock Appreciation Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more participants;

(iii)          to determine the number of shares to be covered by any Award;

(iv)          to determine and modify the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and participants, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the Awards and to approve any agreements modifying the terms and conditions of any Awards; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the participant’s consent;

(v)           to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi)          to extend the period in which any outstanding Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised; and

(vii)         to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.  No member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan.

4

Section 4.  Shares Issuable under the Plan; Mergers; Substitution.

(a)             Shares Issuable.  The maximum number of shares of Stock which may be issued in respect of Awards (including Stock Appreciation Rights) granted under the Plan, subject to adjustment as provided in 0 and 0, shall be 2,426,425 shares.  For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards which are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by the Company or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.  Shares issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or shares reacquired by the Company.

(b)             The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be increased on each of November 9, 2011 and November 9, 2012 by an amount, equal to (i) 300,000 shares of Stock or (ii) such lesser amount, if any, as is determined by the Board prior to such date.  The provisions of subparagraphs 4(a) and 4(b) notwithstanding, the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the Plan shall in no event exceed 3,000,000, except that the maximum shall be adjusted as provided in 0.

(c)             Limitation on Awards.  In no event may any Plan participant be granted Awards (including Stock Appreciation Rights) with respect to more than 750,000 shares of Stock in any calendar year. The number of shares of Stock relating to an Award granted to a Plan participant in a calendar year that is subsequently forfeited, cancelled or otherwise terminated shall continue to count toward the foregoing limitation in such calendar year.  In addition, if the exercise price of an Award is subsequently reduced, the transaction shall be deemed a cancellation of the original Award and the grant of a new one so that both transactions shall count toward the maximum shares issuable in the calendar year of each respective transaction.

(d)             Stock Dividends, Mergers, etc.  In the event that after the Effective Date, the Company effects a stock dividend, stock split or similar change in capitalization affecting the Stock, the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments in (i) the number and kind of shares of stock or securities with respect to which Awards may thereafter be granted (including without limitation the limitations set forth in 0, 0 and 0 above), (ii) the number and kind of shares remaining subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise or purchase price in respect of such shares.  In the event of any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Committee in its sole discretion may, as to any outstanding Awards, make such substitution or adjustment in the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan and in the number and purchase price (if any) of shares subject to such Awards as it may determine and as may be permitted by the terms of such transaction, or accelerate, amend or terminate such Awards upon such terms and conditions as it shall provide (which, in the case of the termination of the vested portion of any Award, shall require payment or other consideration which the Committee deems equitable in the circumstances), subject, however, to the provisions of 0.

(e)             Substitute Awards.  The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees of another corporation who concurrently become employees of the Company or an Affiliate as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or an Affiliate or the acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate of property or stock of the employing corporation.  The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances.

5

Section 5.  Eligibility.

Awards may be granted to officers, directors and employees of, and consultants and advisers to, the Company or its Affiliates (“Eligible Persons”).

Section 6.  Stock Options.

The Committee may grant Stock Options to Eligible Persons.  Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve.  Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options (subject to compliance with applicable law) or Non-Statutory Stock Options.  Unless otherwise so designated, an Option shall be a Non-Statutory Stock Option.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Statutory Stock Option. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  The Committee in its discretion may determine the effective date of Stock Options, provided, however, that grants of Incentive Stock Options shall be made only to persons who are, on the effective date of the grant, employees of the Company or an Affiliate.  Stock Options granted pursuant to this 0 shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(a)             Exercise Price.  The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of Fair Market Value on the date of grant.  If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary or parent corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

(b)             Option Term.  The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10)  years after the date the option is granted.   If an employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary or parent corporation and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such employee, the term of such Incentive Stock Option shall be no more than five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c)             Exercisability; Rights of a Shareholder.  Stock Options shall become vested and exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option.  An optionee shall have the rights of a shareholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(d)             Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by delivering written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased.  Payment of the purchase price may be made by delivery of cash or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Committee in an amount equal to the exercise price of such Options, or, to the extent provided in the applicable agreement setting forth the terms of conditions of such Option, by one or more of the following methods:

6

(i)            by delivery to the Company of shares of Stock of the Company having a Fair Market Value equal in amount to the aggregate exercise price of the Options being exercised and not subject to restriction under any Company incentive plan; or

(ii)           if the class of Stock is registered under the Exchange Act at such time, by delivery to the Company of a properly executed exercise notice along with irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event that the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure (including, in the case of an optionee who is an executive officer of the Company, such procedures and agreements as the Committee deems appropriate in order to avoid any extension of credit in the form of a personal loan to such officer).  The Company need not act upon such exercise notice until the Company receives full payment of the exercise price; or

(iii)          by reducing the number of Option shares otherwise issuable to the optionee upon exercise of the Option by a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such aggregate exercise price of the Options being exercised; or

(iv)          by any combination of such methods of payment.

The delivery of certificates, if any, representing shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the Optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Stock Option or imposed by applicable law.

(e)             Non-Transferability of Options.  Except as the Committee may provide with respect to a Non-Statutory Stock Option, no Stock Option shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee.

(f)             Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options.  To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value(determined as of the time of grant) of the Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its Affiliates become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

7

Section 7.  Restricted Stock Awards.

(a)             Nature of Restricted Stock Award.  The Committee in its discretion may grant or sell Restricted Stock Awards to any Eligible Person, entitling the recipient to acquire, for such purchase price, if any, as may be determined by the Committee, shares of Stock subject to such restrictions, conditions and repurchase or forfeiture rights in favor of the Company as the Committee may determine at the time of grant (“Restricted Stock”), including continued employment and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

(b)             Acceptance of Award.  A participant who is granted a Restricted Stock Award shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless the participant shall have accepted the Award within sixty (60) days (or such shorter date as the Committee may specify) following the award date by making payment to the Company of the specified purchase price, if any, of the shares covered by the Award and by executing and delivering to the Company a written instrument that sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock in such form as the Committee shall determine.

(c)             Rights as a Shareholder.  Upon complying with 0 above, a participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Stock, including voting and dividend rights, subject to non-transferability restrictions and Company repurchase or forfeiture rights described in this 0 and subject to such other conditions contained in the written instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award.  Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, any certificates evidencing shares of Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such shares are vested as provided in 0 below.

(d)             Restrictions.  Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided in the instrument evidencing such Restricted Stock Award.  In the event of termination of employment of the Award holder by the Company and its Affiliates for any reason (including death, Disability, Normal Retirement and for Cause), any shares of Restricted Stock which have not then vested shall automatically be forfeited to the Company.

(e)             Vesting of Restricted Stock.  The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Stock and the Company’s right of forfeiture shall lapse.  Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Stock and shall be deemed “vested.”  The Committee at any time may accelerate such date or dates and otherwise waive or, subject to 0, amend any conditions of the Award.

(f)             Waiver, Deferral and Reinvestment of Dividends.  The written instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock Award may require or permit the immediate payment, waiver, deferral or investment of dividends paid on the Restricted Stock.

8

Section 8.  Restricted Stock Units.

(a)             Nature of Restricted Stock Units.  A Restricted Stock Unit is a contractual right entitling the holder to receive upon the vesting thereof, one share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit awarded to a grantee. Restricted Stock Units represent unfunded and unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Committee shall determine the restrictions and vesting conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.  At the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Stock Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock.

(b)             Acceptance of Award.  A participant who is granted a Restricted Stock Unit shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless the participant shall have accepted the Award within sixty (60) days (or such shorter date as the Committee may specify) following the award date by executing and delivering to the Company a written instrument that sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Unit in such form as the Committee shall determine.

(c)             Rights as a Stockholder.  A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units.

(d)            Termination.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award agreement or, subject to 0 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason.

Section 9.  Unrestricted Stock Awards.

(a)             Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock.  The Committee in its discretion may grant or sell to any Eligible Person shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan (“Unrestricted Stock”) at a purchase price determined by the Committee.  Shares of Unrestricted Stock may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past services or other valid consideration.

(b)             Restrictions on Transfers.  The right to receive unrestricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Section 10.  Performance-Based Awards.

(a)             Nature of Performance-Based Awards.  A Performance-Based Award means any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Units granted to a Eligible Person that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and any regulations appurtenant thereto.

9

(b)             Performance Goals and Criterion.  With respect to each Performance-Based Award, the Committee shall select, before the expiration of the first 90 days of the Performance Cycle in which the Performance-Based Award is granted (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criterion for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). The Committee in its discretion shall determine whether and to whom Performance-Based Awards shall be made and the Performance Goals applicable under each such Award, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee.  Each Performance Goal shall be related to one or more of the Performance Criterion.  The Committee, in its discretion, may adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for any Performance Cycle in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of an individual (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development, (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or (iii) in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions, provided however, that the Committee may not exercise such discretion in a manner that would cause the Performance-Based Award to no longer qualify for the performance-based exemption under Section 162(m) of the Code

Section 11.  Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)             Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights.  The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to any Eligible Person.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the participant upon exercise thereof to receive from the Company, upon written request to the Company at its principal offices (the “Request”), a number of shares of Stockor may provide for cash payment or combination of shares and cash having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the product of (a) the excess of Fair Market Value, on the date of such Request, over the exercise price per share of Stock specified in such Stock Appreciation Right (which exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of Fair Market Value on the date of grant), multiplied by (b) the number of shares of Stock for which such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercised.  The Committee shall determine the restrictions and vesting conditions applicable to each Stock Appreciation Right, but no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.  Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives.

(b)             Acceptance of Award.  A participant who is granted a Stock Appreciation Right shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless the participant shall have accepted the Award within sixty (60) days (or such shorter date as the Committee may specify) following the award date by executing and delivering to the Company a written instrument that sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to the Award in such form as the Committee shall determine.

Section 12.  Termination of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)             Incentive Stock Options:

(i)           Termination by Death or by Reason of Disability.  If any participant’s employment by the Company and its Affiliates terminates by reason of death, any Incentive Stock Option owned by such participant may thereafter be exercised to the extent exercisable at the date of death, by the legal representative or legatee of the participant, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of death, or until the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, if earlier.  Any Incentive Stock Option held by a participant whose employment by the Company and its Affiliates has terminated by reason of Disability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such termination of employment, or until the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, if earlier.

10

(ii)           Termination by Reason of Normal Retirement.  Any Incentive Stock Option held by a participant whose employment by the Company and its Affiliates has terminated by reason of Normal Retirement, as determined by the Committee in its sole disceretion, may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such termination, for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such termination of employment, or until the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, if earlier.

(iii)          Termination for Cause.  If any participant’s employment by the Company and its Affiliates has been terminated for Cause, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any Incentive Stock Option held by such participant shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect.

(iv)          Other Termination.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a participant’s employment by the Company and its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than death, Disability, Normal Retirement or for Cause, any Incentive Stock Option held by such participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent it was exercisable on the date of termination of employment, for thirty (30) days from the date of termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of the Incentive Stock Option, if earlier.

(b)             Non-Statutory Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.  Any Non-Statutory Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to its termination as the Committee, in its discretion, may from time to time determine.

Section 13.  Tax Withholding and Notice.

(a)             Payment by Participant.  Each participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the participant for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any Federal, state, local and/or payroll taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such income.  The Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the participant.

(b)             Payment in Shares.  A Participant may elect, with the consent of the Committee, to have such tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due with respect to such Award, or (ii) delivering to the Company a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. For purposes of 0 hereof, shares of stock that are withheld by or delivered to the Company pursuant to this 0 shall not be added back to the shares of Stock with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.

11

(c)             Notice of Disqualifying Disposition.  Each holder of an Incentive Stock Option shall agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after making a disqualifying disposition (as defined in Section 421(b) of the Code) of any Stock purchased upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

Section 14.  Transfer and Leave of Absence.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(a)             a transfer to the employment of the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another;

(b)            an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing; provided, that the vesting date or dates of any unvested Award held by such employee shall be tolled automatically for the period of such approved leave of absence, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

Section 15.  Amendments and Termination.

The Board may at any time amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may at any time amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Board nor the Committee shall have the power or authority to decrease the exercise price of any outstanding Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, whether through amendment, cancellation and regrant, exchange or any other means, except for changes made pursuant to 0.

This Plan shall terminate as of the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date.  The Board may terminate this Plan at any earlier time for any reason.  No Award may be granted after the Plan has been terminated.  No Award granted while this Plan is in effect shall be adversely altered or impaired by termination of this Plan, except with the consent of the holder of such Award.  The power of the Committee to construe and interpret this Plan and the Awards granted prior to the termination of this Plan shall continue after such termination.

12

Section 16.  Status of Plan.

With respect to the portion of any Award which has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a participant, a participant shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards.

Section 17.  Change of Control Provisions.

(a)             Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control as defined in this 0, the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions, as to some or all outstanding Awards (and need not take the same action as to each such Award):

(i)           provided that, subject to the provisions of clause (iii) below, after the effective date of such Change of Control, each holder of an outstanding Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit or Stock Appreciation Right shall be entitled, upon exercise (in the case of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right) or vesting of such Award, to receive, in lieu of shares of Stock (or consideration based upon the Fair Market Value of Stock), shares of such stock or other securities, cash or property (or consideration based upon shares of such stock or other securities, cash or property) as the holders of shares of Stock received or have the right to receive in connection with the Change of Control;

(ii)           accelerate, fully or in part, the time for exercise of, and waive any or all conditions and restrictions on, each unexercised and unexpired Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit and Stock Appreciation Right, effective upon a date prior or subsequent to the effective date of such Change of Control, as specified by the Committee;

(iii)          provide that each outstanding Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit and Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled as of the effective date of any such Change of Control provided that (x) prior written notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of such an Award and (y) each holder of such an Award shall have the right to exercise such Award to the extent that the same is then exercisable or, in full, if the Committee shall have accelerated the time for exercise of all such unexercised and unexpired Awards, during the ten (10) day period preceding the effective date of such Change of Control; or

(iv)          arrange for any corporation succeeding to the business and assets of the Company to issue to the Award holders replacement Awards (which, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, satisfy, in the determination of the Committee, the requirements of Section 424 of the Code) on such corporation's stock which will to the extent possible preserve the value of the outstanding Awards.

(b)            “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i)            any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes, after the Effective Date of this Plan, a “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

13

(ii)           the consummation of a consolidation or merger (a “Corporate Transaction”); excluding, however, a Corporate Transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, would, immediately after the Corporate Transaction, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting shares of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the Corporate Transaction (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any); or

(iii)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Section 18.  General Provisions.

(a)             No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements.  The Committee may require each person acquiring shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.  No shares of Stock shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities laws and other legal and stock exchange requirements have been satisfied.  The Committee may require the placing of such stop orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b)             Delivery of Stock Certificates.  Delivery of stock certificates to participants under this Plan, if any, shall be deemed effected for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have delivered such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the participant, at the participant’s last known address on file with the Company.

(c)             Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights.  Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.  The adoption of the Plan or grant of any Award under the Plan does not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Affiliate.

(d)             Lock-Up Agreement.  By accepting any Award, the recipient shall be deemed to have agreed that, if so requested by the Company or by the underwriters managing any offering of the securities of the Company that is the subject of a registration statement filed under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time (the “Act”), the recipient will not, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any shares subject to any such Award during the Lock-up Period, as defined below. The “Lock-Up Period” shall mean a period of time not to exceed 180 days, plus such additional number of days (not to exceed 35) as may reasonably be requested to enable the underwriter(s) of such offering to comply with Rule 2711(f) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or any amendment or successor thereto from the effective date of the registration statement under the Act for such offering, or, if greater, such number of days as shall have been agreed to by each director and executive officer of the Company in connection with such offering in a substantially similar lock-up agreement by which each such director and executive officer is bound. If requested by the Company or such underwriters, the recipient shall enter into an agreement with such underwriters consistent with the foregoing.

14

(e)             Section 409A Awards.  To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any 409A Award may not be accelerated or postponed except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

Section 19.  Effective Date of Plan.

This Plan (as amended and restated) shall become effective upon its approval by the Company’s stockholders.

Section 20.  Governing Law.

This Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the substantive laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

* * * * *

15

Register of Amendments to the MEMSIC, Inc.

Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan

Date Section Affected Change

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology

Co., Ltd.

Investment Contribution Agreement

Party A: Wuxi New District Science and Technology Financial Investment Group Co., Ltd

Address: 8905-1 No.16 Changjiang Road, Wuxi New District, Wuxi

Legal representative: Bo Yu

Party B: MEMSIC Transducer Systems Co., Ltd

Address: No.299 Dacheng Road, Xishan Economic Development Zone, Wuxi

Legal representative: Yang Zhao

Whereas:

Party A is a state-owned financial investment group under Wuxi New District. It provides venture capital funds to promote technical innovation, entrepreneurship and strategic development of new emerging industries as well as regional economic transformation in Wuxi New District.

Party B is a China domestic enterprise registered in Wuxi Xishan Economic Development Zone. With its world's leading technology and patents of wireless sensor network system solutions, Party B is planning to set up a new company in the Wireless Sensor Network University Demonstration Park in Wuxi New district, to promote applications of “Internet of Things” (IOT) and to help Wuxi New District become the industrial base of IOT.

Based on the Contract Law of People’s Republic of China, Company Law of People’s Republic of China, and related State-owned asset management laws, regulations and rules, the two parties, through friendly negotiation under the principle of “equality, mutual benefit and common development”, entered into this agreement on investment contribution and jointly forming MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd (“Company”).

Page 1 of 13

I. General Information

1. Company name: MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd.

2. Legal address of the Company: 530 Hall, Wireless Sensor Network University Technology Park, Taihu Lake International Technology Park, Wuxi New District, Wuxi, Jiangsu

3. The name, legal address and legal representative of the contribution parties:

Party A: Wuxi New District Science and Technology Financial Investment Group Co., Ltd.

Address: 8905-1 No.16 Changjiang Road, Wuxi New District, Wuxi

Legal representative: Bo Yu

Party B: Memsic Transducer Systems Co., Ltd.

Address: No.299 Dacheng Road, Xishan Economic Development Zone, Wuxi

Legal representative: Yang Zhao

4. The company is a limited liability company.

5. The business purpose of the Company is: to research, design, develop and market IOT system solutions.

6. The business scope of the company: wireless sensor network technology research and development; sales, installation and maintenance of wireless sensing equipment; design, development, installation and technical service of computer hardware and software, network systems and intelligent control system.

Page 2 of 13

7. The Company’s operating period: 50 years.

II. Registration Capital and Contribution from Each Party

1. The registration capital of the Company is six (6) million Renminbi (RMB 6 million)

2. Amount and ratio of contribution investment:

Party A contributes: 2 million Renminbi (RMB 2 million), accounting for 33.33% of the total investment amount.

Party B contributes: 4 million Renminbi (RMB 4 million), accounting for 66.67% of the total investment amount.

3. Contribution method:

Both parties shall contribute its investment in cash. Both parties bear risks and enjoy benefits based on the investment contribution ratio. Party A will not involve in the daily operational management of the Company.

III. Time and Method of Investment Contribution

1. Capital investment method and date

The registration capital of RMB 6 million shall be invested as follows:

Within 10 days after this agreement and Articles of the Company are signed and executed, both parties will deposit the promised amount of investment of RMB2 million and RMB4 million, respectively, to the Company’s designated bank capital account.

2. Increase of the capital investment

The Company is expected to increase its total registered capital to up to RMB30 million within two years.

Page 3 of 13

For the additional investment, Party A shall contribute in cash a total amount of RMB8 million and bring the total investment from Party A to be RMB10 million, representing 33.33% of the total equity. Party B shall contribute certain intangible assets with an assessed value equal to the incremental investment of RMB16 million. If the assessed value of the contributed intangible assets is less than RMB16 million, Party B will make up the deficiency in cash in order to bring the total investment from Party B to RMB20 million, representing 66.67% of the total equity.

Party B’s contributed intellectual properties shall be assessed and valued by a Nationally recognized valuation agency who can issue a formal valuation report. Party B’s intangible assets contribution shall conform to the contribution requirements and other requirements regulated by the law.

3. Both parties shall collaborate in obtaining the registration of the Company from the Administrative Department of Industry and Commerce. The issuance date of the business license will be the founding date of the Company.

IV. Corporate Structure

1. Shareholder meeting is the highest authority of the Company. It comprises of shareholders from both parties. The following shareholder responsibilities, rights and conduct of business are guided by the Company Law and the Company Regulations of China. The voting right of each shareholder is based on its investment contribution ratio. For Item (7), (9) and (10), more than 66.67% voting rights are required to pass.

1) Determine the business strategy and investment plan;

2) Elect and/or change independent directors and supervisors of the Board of Directors; determine the compensation of Board of Directors and supervisors.

Page 4 of 13

3) Discuss and approve the minutes of the board of directors;

4) Discuss and approve the reports of the board of supervisors or supervisors;

5) Discuss and approve the Company’s annual finance budget;

6) Discuss and approve the Company’s profit distribution or loss recovery plan;

7) Make decisions on the increase or decrease of the Company’s registration capital ;

8) Make decisions on the corporate bond issuance;

9) Make decisions on merger, division, dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

10) Modify Articles of the Company;

11) Perform other duties and responsibilities as defined in Articles of the Company.

2. The Board of Directors of the Company consists of three board members, two from Party B and one from Party A.  Directors are elected by shareholders for a three-year term and can be re-elected after each three-year term. The Board of Directors elects one Chairman and one Vice-Chairman. The Chairman of the Board is nominated by Party B from its board members and Vice-Chairman is nominated by Party A from its board members. Both Chairmen shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

The Chairman of the Board is the legal representative of the Company.

3. The Board of Directors are responsible for shareholders and shall perform the following duties:

1) Hold shareholder meetings and report work to the shareholders of the Company;

Page 5 of 13

2) Execute resolutions from the shareholder meeting;

3) Determine the Company’s business plans and investment programs, and submit to the shareholder meeting for approval;　　

4) Develop the Company’s annual financial budget;

5) Formulate the Company’s profit distribution plan and loss recovery plan;

6) Formulate the increase or decrease of the registered capital and the issuance of corporate bond program;

7) Formulate plans regarding the Company’s merger, division, dissolution or structure change;

8) Determine the Company’s internal management structure;

9) Make decisions to appoint or dismiss the Company’s General Manager and his/her remuneration, and based on the nomination of the General Manager, make decisions to appoint or dismiss the Deputy General Manager, Chief Financial Officer and their remuneration;

10) Develop the Company’s basic management system;

11) Perform other duties and responsibilities as defined in the Article of the Company.

4. Board of directors shall keep minutes of all resolutions of the board meeting; each director present at the meeting shall sign the meeting minutes; all directors must be present before a meeting can be held; When voting for the board resolutions, each director can have one vote and more than two thirds (2/3) of the votes are required to pass any resolution. The board meeting method and voting procedure are determined by Articles of the Company except as otherwise provided by the Company Law. According to Articles of the Company, besides regular meetings of the Board of Directors, any interim action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board consent to the action by writing.

Page 6 of 13

5. Under the leadership of the Board of Directors, the General Manager of the Company is responsible for executing and implementing resolutions of the Board of Directors, and is fully responsible for the following daily operational and business activities of the Company:

1) Preside over the Company’s production and operational management; organize and implement Board resolutions;

2) Organize and implement the Company’s annual business plan and investment program;

3) Formulate the Company internal management and organizational structure;

4) Develop the basic management system of the Company;

5) Determine the rules and regulations of the Company;

6) Propose the appointment or dismissal of the Deputy General Manager and Chief Financial Officer of the Company;　

7) Decide to hire or dismiss management personnel other than those designated by the Board of Directors;

8) Perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as prescribed by the Board of Directors.

9) Perform all duties and responsibilities as provided by Articles of the Company.

6. The General Manager shall be nominated by the Chairman of the Board and be appointed or dismissed by the Board of Directors; the General Manager shall participate in Board meetings, and shall be a person recommended by Party B.

Page 7 of 13

7. The Company shall also form a Board of Supervisors. The Board of Supervisors is composed of three (3) Supervisors. Party A and Party B each will recommend one Supervisor to be elected and approved at Shareholder meeting. The third Supervisor shall be elected from the Company’s employees through a Company-wide employee meeting. The Board of Supervisors shall have one Chairman who is elected by members of the Board of Supervisors.

V. Rights and Obligations

1. The investing Parties shall have the following rights:

1) Sign this agreement and contribute funds according to this agreement to become shareholders of the Company;

2) Recommend and nominate Directors and Supervisors according to the number of Directors and Supervisors agreed in this agreement;

3) Appoint representatives of the shareholders to participate and vote in the shareholder meeting;

4) Enjoy the shareholder rights as provided by the Company Law and Articles of the Company after the funding Parties become shareholders of the company;

5) Enjoy any other rights as permitted by law and regulations.

2. The funding Parties should perform the following obligations:

1) Jointly prepare for all application documentation for the joint venture, and bear responsibilities for the authenticity, validity and legitimacy of all documents and certificates submitted to the Company Registration Authority;

2) Contribute funds in the amount and on the date as agreed in this agreement;

Page 8 of 13

3) Execute the agree-upon draft of Articles of the Company at the same time signing of this agreement;

4) Share any debts or expenses arisen from application and registration of the Company based on the investment contribution ratio, in the event that the Company can not be established;

5) Bear duties and responsibilities as defined by the Company Law and Articles of the Company when the funding Parties become the shareholders of the company;

6) Each Party is liable for the Company debts in the same ratio as its investment contribution to the Company.

7) Each Party is responsible for any other business matters of its own.

VI. Representation and Warrant

1. Both Party A and Party B represent and warrant to each other that Party A or Party B is a legal entity validly existing and in good standing under the Law of China or a natural person with full civil capacity. Each Party has the full right, the power and authority to invest in a company and each promises to follow the rules and regulations of the Company and performs duties and responsibilities of shareholders after becoming the shareholders of the Company.

2. Both Party A and Party B warrant to each other the completeness, authenticity and validity of all the materials and information provided to the other party.

3. Both Parties agree that any new intellectual properties developed after the foundation of the Company shall belong to the Company.

4. Both Parties warrant to each other that up to the signing date of this agreement, except for the litigation or arbitration cases that have been disclosed to each other, there is no other outstanding litigation or arbitration cases in any courts, arbitration organizations or administrative authorities that may threat the Company, or affect the signing of this agreement or otherwise affect the validity and enforceability of this agreement.

Page 9 of 13

5. Party B warrants that the intellectual properties provided by party B to be used in the course of business of the Company is free of disputes. Party B will take full responsibility for any damages to the Company resulted from infringement of a third party intellectual property.

VII. Both Parties Agree:

1. Both Parties agree that any credit or debt disputes of the shareholders’ of the Company shall not involve the Company.

2. Both Parties agree that the Company shall provide to the shareholders of both Parties the monthly financial report of the prior month, including balance sheet, profit and loss statement and expense detail (sales expense, management expense, finance expense, research and development expense) before the 15th day of each month, the annual financial report of prior year before the month of February and the annual audited financial report reviewed and approved by an accounting firm before the month of March.

3. Both Parties agree that each Party shall promptly inform the other Party of any related party transactions between / among the Company, its shareholders and/or affiliated companies of its shareholders (including but not limited to subsidiaries, affiliates, foreign companies, relatives, etc.). Such related party transactions must be unanimously approved by the Board of Directors before occurring. Any other matters not discussed here shall follow the Company Law and Articles of the Company.

4. Both Parties agree that before Party A exits from its shareholder right of the company, the Company will not provide loan or mortgage guarantee to any shareholders or affiliated companies in any form.

Page 10 of 13

5. Both Parties agree that in the event of liquidation, the proceed from liquidating intangible assets including the intangible assets contributed as capital investment to the Company shall belong to Party B. Liquidating proceeds from all remaining assets shall be allocated based on the ratio of cash investment from each Party.

6. Either Party has the right of first refusal when the other party transfers its ownership of shares to an outside party.

7. Party B may request Party A to transfer all or part of Party A’s shares to Party B or Party B designated investors. If Party A agrees to such a transfer, the transfer price should be determined by the highest amount of the following calculations: (1) Party A’s initial investment plus 10% annualized fixed appreciation rate; (2) the appraisal value of the net asset apportioned based on the investment contribution ratio as of the date of Party B’s request for such a transfer; (3) a value calculated based on the average price-earning ratio of all new investors of the Company before Party B’s request for such a transfer.

VIII. Precondition

The precondition of this Agreement is that the entry into force of this Agreement will not violate the Laws and Regulations.

IX. Breach of Agreement and Disclaimer

1. Either Party shall be liable for all direct or indirect losses suffered by the other Party as a result of its breach of this Agreement.

2. If either Party fails to open a designated bank account and inject the agree-upon capital investment in the bank account on the agreed date, a penalty of 0.5% per day of the amount that is not deposited in the bank account will be charged.

Page 11 of 13

3. Neither Party A nor Party B shall be liable to the other for consequential damages or for loss of profit as a result of failure or delay in performance of any obligation under this Agreement if such failure or delay is caused by war, natural disasters, changes of national laws, regulations, policies or other reasons under force majeure. However, this provision does not relieve each Party’s obligation to promptly inform the other party of any force majeure event and to take every reasonable measure to reduce the losses of the other party.

X. Applicable Law

The applicable law for this Agreement is the existing and valid laws, regulations and rules of People’s Republic of China

XI. Effect of This Agreement

This agreement shall become effective after it is sealed by both parties, and approved by the State-owned Asset Supervision and Administration Department.

XII. Undiscussed Matters

1. This Agreement and all the terms of the appendix of this Agreement are part of the entire Investment Contribution Agreement. For any undiscussed matters or disagreement in understanding and implementation of the terms of this agreement, both parties shall try to resolve through friendly negotiation and a Supplementary Agreement. If the terms of the Supplementary Agreement contradict to the terms of this Agreement, the latest Supplementary Agreement shall prevail. If the differences of the two parties can not be resolved through friendly negotiation, both parties agree to submit the dispute to the People’s Court in Wuxi New District for ruling.

Page 12 of 13

2. If the terms of the Agreement can not be enforceable due to violation of the law and regulation as a result of the modification of the current National law and regulation, both parties of the agreement shall modify the terms through friendly negotiation. But the failure of such provision does not affect the validity of other provisions.

3. Both parties agree to follow the Company Law and Articles of the Company to resolve any undiscussed matters.

XIII. Languages and Number of Copies

1. This agreement is written in Chinese.

2. This Agreement is executed in four original copies: Party A and Party B each holds one original copy; the Company retains one original copy and the fourth original copy is to be submitted to the Administrative Department of Industry and Commerce to obtain business license and registration. All four copies have the same legal effect.

XIV. Time and Location of Signing This Agreement

1. The signing date of this agreement is November 23, 2011.

2. This agreement is to be signed by both Parties in Wuxi New District.

Signed by:

Party A: Wuxi New District Technology Finance Investment Group Co., Ltd

Representative: _________ (Company Seal )

Date:                         November 23, 2011                          

Party B: MEMSIC Transducer System Co., Ltd

Representative: _________ (Company Seal)

Date:                         November 23, 2011                          

 

Page 13 of 13

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

December 15, 2011

Mark Laich

1 Longfellow Place, Apt 3812

Boston, MA 02114

Dear Mr. Laich:

This letter agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) will confirm the terms of your separation from employment with MEMSIC, Inc. (“MEMSIC” or “the Company”).

1.           Separation from Employment.Your employment with MEMSIC will terminate effective December 15, 2011 (the “Separation Date”).  You understand and acknowledge that, from and after the Separation Date, you shall have no authority and shall not represent yourself as an employee or agent of MEMSIC.  Your termination from employment will be effective as of the Separation Date regardless of whether you execute and return the Release and Waiver of Claims described in Section 2.

You will be paid all base salary, earned bonus and unused vacation pay, less all required local, state, federal and other employment-related taxes and deductions, accrued through the Separation Date. You will be also reimbursed for out-of-pocket company expenses incurred to the Separation Date. Your final pay check which has been calculated from December 5 through December 15, 2011 is $6,576.92, your earned bonus is $137,647.00, your accrued vacation as of December 15, 2011 is $18,269.23 and your expense reimbursement is $8,412.22. Therefore total amount of your final pay check including regular pay plus bonus and accrued vacation is $170,905.37 and is presented in check number 23625 dated December 16, 2011.

2.           Severance Pay.  Subject to and following your execution and non-revocation of the Release and Waiver of Claims attached hereto as Attachment A, which is incorporated herein, and in exchange for the other promises set forth in this letter, the Company agrees to pay you severance pay consisting of three (3) months continuation of your base salary, less all required local, state, federal and other employment-related taxes and deductions (the “Severance Pay”).   The Severance Pay will be paid commencing on the next regular pay day following the expiration of the revocation period described in the Release and Waiver of Claims.

3.           COBRA.   You understand your legal right, pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA), after your Separation Date and upon timely completion of the appropriate forms, to continue at your own expense, your medical and dental insurance coverage.

4.         Stock Options.  You have 90,000 shares of MEMSIC stock options vested as of the Separation Date.  You may exercise the vested option shares at any time within a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the Separation Date.

5.           Covenants by You.  You expressly acknowledge and agree to the following:

(i)        You have returned all Company property, including but not limited to your office keys, building access cards/passes, laptop computer, Company documents and files, and any other computer hardware, disks or files in your possession, custody or control, whether maintained by you at work or off-site. You further acknowledge that you have retrieved from the Company as of the Separation Date all of your personal effects;

(ii)        You continue to be bound by the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement between you and the Company, dated October 28, 2008 (hereinafter “the Non-Competition Agreement”), and the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement between you and the Company, dated April 1, 2009 (hereinafter “the NDA”), and that the Non-Competition Agreement and the NDA continue in full force and effect;

(iii)       that all information relating in any way to this Separation Agreement, including the terms and amount of financial consideration provided for in this Separation Agreement, shall be held confidential by you and shall not be publicized or disclosed to any person (other than an immediate family member, legal counsel or financial advisor, provided that any such individual to whom disclosure is made agrees to be bound by these confidentiality obligations), business entity or government agency (except as mandated by law);

(iv)       that you will not make any statements that are professionally or personally disparaging about, or adverse to, the interests of the Company (and its officers, directors and managers) including, but not limited to, any statements that disparage any such person, product, service, finances, financial condition, capability or any other aspect of the business of the Company, and that you will not engage in any conduct which is intended to harm professionally or personally the reputation of the Company and/or its officers, directors and managers;

(v)        that you will not counsel or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against the Company and/or any officer, director, employee, agent, representative, shareholder or attorney of the Company, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so; and

(vi)       that the breach of any of the foregoing covenants by you shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement and shall relieve the Company of any further obligations hereunder and, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to the Company, shall entitle the Company to recover any Severance Pay already paid to you pursuant to Sections 2 of this letter.

2

6.         Entire Agreement/Choice of Law/Enforceability.  You acknowledge and agree that, with the exception of the Release and Waiver of Claims identified in Section 2, this Separation Agreement supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous oral and/or written agreements between you and MEMSIC, and sets forth the entire agreement between you and MEMSIC on the subject matter hereof.  No variations or modifications hereof shall be deemed valid unless reduced to writing and signed by the parties hereto.  This Separation Agreement shall be deemed to have been made in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, shall take effect as an instrument under seal within Massachusetts, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to conflict of law principles.  The provisions of this letter are severable, and if for any reason any part hereof shall be found to be unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be enforced in full.

7.         Understanding this Agreement.  Before signing this Separation Agreement, you should take whatever steps you believe are necessary to ensure that you understand what you are signing, what benefits you are receiving and what rights you are giving up.

(a)       By signing this Separation Agreement, you are acknowledging that you have read it carefully and understand all of its terms.

(b)       You understand and acknowledge that, if you do not sign this Separation Agreement and the attached Release and Waiver of Claims, you would not be receiving any Severance Pay.

Your signature below reflects your understanding of, and agreement to, the terms and conditions set forth above.

Very truly yours,

MEMSIC, Inc.

By:          /s/ Riselys Gorini

Riselys Gorini

Human Resources Manager

Confirmed and Agreed:

/s/ Mark Laich

Mark Laich

Dated: December 16, 2011

Attachment A to Separation Agreement

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

In consideration of receipt of Severance Pay as set forth in the Separation Agreement between me and MEMSIC, Inc., I, Mark Laich on behalf of my heirs, administrators, executors, representatives, attorneys, agents, insurers and assigns, hereby fully, finally, irrevocably and unconditionally release and discharge MEMSIC, Inc., and its past and present parents, subsidiaries, and affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys, insurers, successors and assigns (hereinafter referred to separately and collectively as ("MEMSIC"), jointly and individually, from any and all claims, suits, charges, complaints, contracts, covenants, promises, debts, losses, sums of money, obligations, demands, judgments, or causes of action of any kind whatsoever, known or unknown, at law or in equity, in tort, contract, by statute, or on any other basis, for contractual, compensatory, punitive, or other damages, expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs), reimbursements, or costs of any kind, which I ever had, now have, or may have, including but not limited to any and all claims, demands, rights, and/or causes of action arising out of my employment with MEMSIC or the termination of that employment including, but not limited to, claims arising under the common law, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and any other applicable federal, state, or local statute or ordinance.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, I understand that I am not releasing any rights or claims I may have (a) as a former corporate officer of MEMSIC, to indemnification rights as set forth in the applicable bylaws and Articles of Incorporation of MEMSIC, and (b) to enforce the terms of the Separation Agreement.

I further understand that nothing herein affects my right to file a charge with the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or to assist in any governmental investigation, but that I will not be entitled to any monetary or other relief from the EEOC or from any Court as a result of litigation brought on the basis of or in connection with such charge.

I acknowledge and represent that I have been advised of my right, before signing this Release, to consult with an attorney of my choosing about this Release and in particular about the waiver of any rights I might have.  I further acknowledge that I have been given the opportunity of no less than forty-five (45) days to consider signing this Release and, if I execute the Release at any time prior to the end of the forty-five (45) day period, such execution was a knowing and voluntary waiver of any rights I had to consider this Release for at least forty-five (45) days, and was due to my belief that I had ample time in which to consider and understand this Release and in which to review this Release with an attorney.

This Release and Waiver of Claims will become effective seven (7) days after it is signed.  I understand that I have the right to revoke this Release within seven (7) days after it is signed by delivering written notice to:

MEMSIC, Inc.

Human Resources Manager

One Tech Drive

Suite 325

Andover, Massachusetts 01810

I understand that the Severance Pay set forth in the Separation Agreement will not be paid or provided until after this seven (7) day period has expired without revocation.  My acceptance of such Severance Pay will constitute an admission that I did not revoke the Release during the seven (7) day revocation period.  I further expressly acknowledge and agree that, but for my execution and agreement to this Release and Waiver of Claims, I would not be receiving the Severance Pay described in the Separation Agreement.

I acknowledge that I have received a list of the job titles and ages of all individuals selected for termination and another list of the ages of all individuals in the same organizational unit who were not selected for termination (Exhibits 1 and 2).

I acknowledge and agree that, in executing this Release, and except as specifically set forth in this Release, I am giving up any claims I might have against MEMSIC, including but not limited to claims arising pursuant to the above-recited laws, knowingly and willingly and in order to receive the consideration recited in this Release, to which I would otherwise not be entitled.

If any word, phrase or provision of this Release is found to be invalid, I acknowledge and agree that the remainder of this Release shall be in full force and effect.

READ CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING. THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS ARISING OR EXISTING AS OF THE DATE OF THIS RELEASE.

I, Mark Laich, have knowingly and voluntarily signed this RELEASE OF CLAIMS on this 16 day of  December, 2011.

/s/ Mark Laich

EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE

-2-

Exhibit 1

Job Titles and Ages of Individuals in Sales and Marketing Group

Selected for Termination on 12- 15 -2011

1.  Field Application Engineer, North America	Age 49
2.  Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing	Age 50

-3-

Exhibit 2

Ages of Individuals in Sales and Marketing Group

Not Selected for Termination on 12-15-11

1.  Director of Sales, North America	Age 49
2.  Customer Service Representative	Age 39
3.  Automotive Business Development Manager	Age 48
4.  Director of Application Engineer	Age 40
5.  Senior Application Engineer	Age 41

-4-

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-149955, 333-165982 and 333-177974), pertaining to the MEMSIC, Inc. 2000 Omnibus Stock Plan, the MEMSIC, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan and the MEMSIC, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan, of our report dated March 16, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of MEMSIC, Inc. included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 16, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Dr. Yang Zhao, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MEMSIC, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2012

/S/ YANG ZHAO    

Yang Zhao

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Patricia Niu, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of MEMSIC, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 16, 2012

/S/ Patricia Niu

Patricia Niu

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MEMSIC, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Dr. Yang Zhao, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 16, 2012

/S/ YANG ZHAO    

Yang Zhao

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C Section 1350,

as Adopted Pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of MEMSIC, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Patricia Niu, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 16, 2012

/S/ Patricia Niu

Patricia Niu

Chief Financial Officer

XML

Note 18 - Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Information [Text Block]

18. QUARTERLY DATA (Unaudited)

	2011 Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	12,954,920		$	15,372,634		$	18,357,300		$	21,468,278
Gross profit		4,941,721			4,998,169			6,201,767			7,697,693
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(1,328,179	)		(1,108,302	)		(368,767	)		(3,279,322	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.02	)	$	(0.13	)

	2010 Quarter Ended
	March 31			June 30			September 30			December 31
Net sales	$	7,271,993		$	9,095,626		$	10,844,719		$	11,439,239
Gross profit		2,845,494			3,688,427			4,093,525			4,697,308
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(2,319,962	)		(1,974,091	)		(1,931,273	)		(1,137,387	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.05	)

XML

Note 2 - Acquisition

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Mergers, Acquisitions and Dispositions Disclosures [Text Block]

2. ACQUISITION

On January 15, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of assets related to Crossbow Technology, Inc.’s commercial (non-military) Inertial Systems business and Wireless Sensor Network “Mote” and eKo business (collectively, the “Business”), including intellectual property rights, property and equipment relating to the Business and 153 shares of Crossbow Japan Limited (Crossbow Japan), representing a 51% ownership of the entity.  The purchase price for the Business consisted of a payment of $18 million in cash at the closing.

The acquisition has significantly strengthened the Company’s capability to develop integrated sensing systems that incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions. The acquisition also broadened the Company’s customer base to include industrialand aerospace markets that it believes may offer higher margins and more stability than the mobile and consumer markets. The Company also believes that its strong presence in China provides an opportunity tointroduce these newly acquired wireless sensor network and inertial systems products in the fast-growing Chinese market.

The Company incurred approximately $379,000 acquisition-related costs. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, $0 and $82,809 were recognized in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, respectively. There were no other costs incurred in connection with the acquisition.

Purchase Price Allocation

The allocation of the purchase price and the purchase price accounting is based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities measured as of January 15, 2010 in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations.

The purchase price paid for the acquisition is as follows:

Cash paid	$	18,000,000
Total purchase price	$	18,000,000

The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

Allocation of purchase price	Total
Working capital	$	1,047,339	(1)
Property and equipment		593,929
Trademarks		396,730
Customer relationships		4,495,003
Developed technology		6,998,000
Goodwill		4,818,477
		18,349,478
Non-controlling interest in majority owned Japan joint venture		(349,478	)
Allocation of purchase price	$	18,000,000

Note (1):     The working capital included the following:
	Total
Cash	$	352,247
Accounts receivable		224,140
Inventory		544,197
Other current assets		219,708
Total current assets		1,340,292
Accounts payable		30,561
Other current liabilities		262,392
Total current liabilities		292,953
Working capital	$	1,047,339

In the Company’s 2010 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement, these amounts were included in investing activities and are excluded from the changes in assets and liabilities in operating activities.

Non-controlling Interest

As part of the Crossbow asset acquisition, MEMSIC acquired a 51% ownership of Crossbow Japan. The fair value of the non-controlling interest in Crossbow Japan at the acquisition date was $349,478, representing 49% of the fair value of Crossbow Japan at the acquisition date. The technique used to value Crossbow Japan was a combination of the cost, market and income approaches. The cost approach was used for the current assets and liabilities. The cost approach, specifically the assemblage cost avoided method, was used for the assembled and trained workforce. The income approach, specifically the multi-period excess earnings method, was used to value the customer relationships. The relief from royalty rate method, which considers both the market approach and the income approach, was used to value the trademarks.

Pro Forma Revenue and Net Loss

The Company’s pro forma revenue, net loss and net loss per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2010 would have been $39.1 million, $7.5 million and $0.31 had the Company closed the acquisition on January 1, 2010.

The results of the Crossbow acquisition for 2011 and 2010 are shown in the system solutions segment.  Results are reported through gross margin as management expenses are not allocated to the segments.

XML

Note 1 - Nature of the Business and Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements Disclosure [Text Block]

1. NATURE OF THE BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS

MEMSIC, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated on March 3, 1999 as a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading provider of semiconductor sensor systems solutions based on micro electromechanical systems (MEMS) technology and advanced integrated circuit design. The Company has integrated a MEMS technology-based inertial sensor, commonly known as an accelerometer, with mixed signal processing circuitry onto a single chip using a standard complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) process. This proprietary technology has allowed for sensor solutions at lower cost, higher performance and improved functionality. Utilizing a standard CMOS process allows easy integration of additional functions and the creation of new sensors to expand into magnetic, touch and flow sensors, as well as other MEMS application areas beyond accelerometers. Any application that requires the control or measurement of motion is a potential application for accelerometers. The Company’s sensor and solution products have a wide range of applications for consumer electronics, mobile phones, automotive (airbags, rollover detection, electronic stability control and navigation systems), as well as business, industrial and medical applications.

MEMSIC, Inc. maintains its corporate headquarters in Massachusetts. All manufacturing operations are provided by its wholly-owned subsidiary, MEMSIC Semiconductor (Wuxi) Company Limited (MEMSIC Semiconductor) and MEMSIC Semiconductor’s wholly owned subsidiary MEMSIC Transducer Systems Company Limited (MTS), which are located in the People’s Republic of China (PRC).

On November 23, 2011, MEMSIC Transducer Systems, Co. Ltd. (“MTS”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into an Investment Contribution Agreement (“JV Agreement”) with Wuxi New District Science and Technology Financial Investment Group Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi VC Group”), a state owned Chinese venture capital fund.  The JV Agreement creates a joint venture to further design, develop and market MTS’ wireless sensor network technology.

In connection with the joint venture, a new corporation was organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), named MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co. Ltd. (“Wuxi WSN”).  MTS has a 66.7% ownership of Wuxi WSN which is set to begin operation in January 2012.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 51,914,128	$ 55,694,205
Restricted cash	3,791,189	2,928,933
Short-term investments	6,814,728
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $6,441 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010	6,068,904	3,664,444
Inventories	11,459,153	8,923,127
Other assets	2,050,787	2,537,445
Total current assets	82,098,889	73,748,154
Property and equipment, net	30,998,489	22,015,502
Long-term investments	2,600,000	5,020,000
Goodwill	606,976	4,919,513
Intangible assets, net	11,091,532	11,894,328
Other assets	136,633	67,599
Total assets	127,532,519	117,665,096
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	8,439,605	4,563,420
Accrued expenses	2,630,966	2,969,839
Advance research funding	3,791,189	2,928,933
Current portion of long-term debt	500,000
Total current liabilities	15,361,760	10,462,192
Note payable to bank, net of current portion	17,430,000	17,930,000
Building liability	8,161,288
Other liabilities	124,180	90,036
Total other liabilities	25,715,468	18,020,036
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; authorized, 45,000,000 shares; 23,983,813 and 23,810,613 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively	240	238
Additional paid-in capital	101,266,272	99,615,378
Accumulated other comprehensive income	4,363,930	3,029,372
Accumulated deficit	(19,908,135)	(13,823,565)
MEMSIC, Inc. stockholders' equity	85,722,307	88,821,423
Non-controlling interest related to joint ventures	732,984	361,445
Total stockholders' equity	86,455,291	89,182,868
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$ 127,532,519	$ 117,665,096

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net loss	$ (6,002,443)	$ (7,298,602)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation	3,114,498	2,313,039
Amortization	1,627,692	1,549,377
Stock compensation expense	1,595,234	1,480,560
Deferred rent	34,145	31,494
Deferred income taxes	(64,664)	28,504
Impairment of goodwill	4,492,000
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of business acquisition:
Restricted cash	(708,501)	(1,981,344)
Accounts receivable	(2,386,050)	(775,455)
Inventories	(2,104,880)	(3,125,258)
Other assets	417,273	(1,451,845)
Advance research funding	708,501	1,981,344
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	3,314,454	4,414,711
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	4,037,259	(2,833,475)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of short-term investments	(6,814,925)
Proceeds from sale of long-term investments	2,420,000	180,000
Purchase of property and equipment	(2,898,792)	(8,513,773)
Acquisition payment, net of acquired cash of $352,247		(17,647,753)
Net cash used in investing activities	(7,293,717)	(25,981,526)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Cash dividend paid to non-controlling interest	(115,389)	(52,144)
Proceeds from exercise of options to purchase common stock	55,662	22,410
Proceeds from note payable to bank		17,930,000
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(59,727)	17,900,266
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(463,892)	(361,796)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents	(3,780,077)	(11,276,531)
Cash and cash equivalents —beginning of year	55,694,205	66,970,736
Cash and cash equivalents —end of year	51,914,128	55,694,205
Cash paid for income taxes	800	800
Building liability	$ 8,161,288

XML

Note 15 - Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

15. INCOME TAXES

The Company is subject to United States federal and state income taxes as well as taxation rules and regulations in the PRC and Japan.

The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Income tax expense (benefit)
Current:
Federal	$	-		$	-
State		1,256			1,256
Foreign		140,649			(35,388	)
Total current		141,905			(34,132	)
Deferred:
Federal		(25,153	)		25,153
State		(1,554	)		1,554
Foreign		(37,801	)		1,797
Total deferred		(64,508	)		28,504
	$	77,397		$	(5,628	)

The following table presents pre-tax loss for the Company and its subsidiaries:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
United States	$	(5,302,163	)	$	(5,381,105	)
Foreign		(622,883	)		(1,923,125	)
	$	(5,925,046	)	$	(7,304,230	)

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes with the expected income tax obligation (benefit) by applying the United States federal statutory rate to the net income (loss):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Provision (benefit) computed at statutory rate	$	(2,014,516	)	$	(2,483,438	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(197	)		1,855
Permanent differences		42,807			(9,148	)
Research and development tax credits		(634,919	)		(122,067	)
Foreign rate difference		(192,839	)		452,067
Other		2,877,061			2,155,103
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	77,397		$	(5,628	)

The Company has a policy to permanently reinvest any earnings of MEMSIC Semiconductor in Chinese operations. The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes that could result from the distribution of such earnings to the U.S. parent. If these earnings were ultimately distributed to the U.S. in the form of dividends or otherwise, or if the shares of MEMSIC Semiconductor were sold or transferred, the Company would be subject to additional U.S. income taxes, net of  the impact of any available foreign tax credits. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. taxes on these undistributed earnings. As of December 31, 2011, MEMSIC Semiconductor had cumulative foreign earnings of $8.5 million.  MEMSIC Semiconductor and its subsidiary MTS are governed by the Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China concerning Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIE”) and Foreign Enterprises and various local income tax laws (the “PRC Income Tax Law”). Beginning January 1, 2008, under the new tax law named “Enterprise Income Tax Law” , FIEs and domestic companies are subject to a uniform tax rate of 25%. The new tax law provides a five-year transition period starting from its effective date for those enterprises which were established before the promulgation date of the new tax law and which were entitled to a preferential lower tax rate under the then effective tax laws or regulations. In accordance with regulations issued by the State Council, the tax rate of such enterprises may gradually transition to the uniform tax rate within the transition period. For those enterprises which are enjoying tax holidays, such tax holidays may continue until their expiration in accordance with the regulations issued by the State Council, but where the tax holiday has not yet started because of losses, such tax holiday shall be deemed to commence from the first effective year of the new tax law. While the new tax law equalizes the tax rates for FIEs and domestic companies, preferential tax treatment would continue to be given to companies in certain encouraged sectors and to entities classified as “high-technology companies especially supported by the PRC government,” whether FIEs or domestic companies.

Since MEMSIC Semiconductor was established in the Wuxi New District as a PRC high-technology company, it is entitled to the reduced FEIT rate of 15% and is exempt from FEIT for its first two years of profitable operations after offsetting prior year’s tax losses and is entitled to a 50% reduction in its FEIT for the following three years as approved by the tax authorities in accordance with the China Income Tax Law for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign Enterprises and its Implementation Rules issued in 1991. In addition, MEMSIC Semiconductor is exempted from the 3% local income tax during the above preferential tax treatment periods of five years pursuant to the Rule Concerning Exemption or Reduction of Local Income Tax for Foreign Invested Enterprises issued by the People’s Government of Guangdong Province issued in 1992.

However, according to the relevant transition preferential tax policies issued by the State Council on March 16, 2007, the preferential enterprise income tax rate under the new tax law and the transition-period preferential tax policy can not apply simultaneously. MEMSIC Semiconductor may either choose to enjoy the exemption from enterprise income tax for 2007 and 2008 and a 50% reduction on the uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% from 2009 to 2011, or, choose the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% for qualified high-technology companies under the new tax law. The Company believes the adoption of the transition-period preferential tax policy will be more beneficial to MEMSIC Semiconductor.

Beginning in 2009, MEMSIC Semiconductor entered a three-year 50% tax reduction from the China uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25%.  MTS has not obtained a PRC high-technology company status and therefore is subject to the 25% uniform enterprise income tax rate in China.  Crossbow Japan is subject to a 40% tax rate.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Accruals and reserves	$	290,071		$	338,835
Net operating loss carryforwards		3,458,431			2,343,637
Depreciation and amortization		1,332,416			184,458
Stock-based compensation		1,753,900			1,127,700
Long term investment		137,100			137,000
R&D credit carryover		710,738			-
Deferred tax assets		7,682,656			4,131,630
Less valuation allowance		(7,428,259	)		(3,923,637	)
Net deferred tax assets	$	254,397		$	207,993
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization	$	-		$	57,007
Unremitted foreign earnings		52,100			22,900
Deferred tax liabilities	$	52,100		$	79,907
Net deferred tax assets	$	202,297		$	128,086

Of the $7,428,259 and $3,923,637 valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 and 2010, $100 and $137,000 were recorded through other comprehensive income, respectively in 2011 and 2010 related to temporary decline of the long-term investment balance.

The deferred tax assets related to temporary differences of the Company’s China subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $172,913 and $159,955, respectively. The deferred tax assets related to Crossbow Japan was $29,384 at December 31, 2011.

During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company entered into and has remained in a three-year cumulative loss position in the United States tax jurisdiction and therefore, concluded a valuation allowance was appropriate for its deferred tax assets in the United States.  The Company recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for 2011 and 2010 based upon uncertainty with respect to future taxable income in the United States.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had gross United States net operating loss carryforwards of $8.7 million, which will expire in various amounts from 2028 through 2031. Included within this amount is approximately $289,000 of excess tax deductions associated with non-qualified stock options that have been exercised. When these excess tax benefits actually result in a reduction to currently payable income taxes, the tax benefit will be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company’s operating losses may be subject to limitations under provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

The Company has performed an analysis of its uncertain tax positions in connection with the application of ASC Topic 740 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and concluded that it has no uncertain tax positions that do not meet a more likely than not standard set forth by ASC Topic 740. Therefore, the Company has recorded no tax reserve related to uncertain positions in its financial statements.

The Company files returns in many foreign and state jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations and considers the United States and PRC to be its significant tax jurisdictions. The tax years 1999 to 2011 are open tax years in the United States and PRC taxing jurisdiction. Although the Company believes its estimates of income tax payable are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the Company will prevail in any differences raised in a future audit. The Company believes such differences would not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, the Company’s income tax provision or operating results.

XML

Note 17 - Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company conducts its operations and manages its business in two reporting segments. The Company develops, designs, manufactures and markets (i) semiconductor sensor products (“sensor products”) based on micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS) technology and advanced integrated circuit design and (ii) sensor system solution products (“system solution products”) which incorporate sensors with on-board computing, wireless communications and systems and application software solutions and which initially consisted of the product lines acquired from Crossbow in January 2010. In making operating decisions, the Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, considers the gross profit results of the sensor product reporting unit and the system solution product reporting unit separately, but utilizes enterprise wide operating expense and earning results. As the management resources and certain assets are shared between the reporting segments, it is not practical to report the earnings and assets separately.

Revenues by product application

The categorization of revenue by product application is determined using a variety of data points including the technical characteristics of the product, the end customer product and application into which the Company’s product will be incorporated, and requires substantial judgment. Set forth below are the Company’s revenues by product application for the periods presented.

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Mobile phone	$	35,354,386	$	7,670,666
Consumer		6,629,055		6,338,400
Automotive		14,379,675		12,019,529
Industrial/other		11,790,016		12,622,982
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

Revenues and gross profit by product type

The following table summarizes revenue and gross profit by product categories.

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Revenue
Sensor products	$	57,876,788	$	27,789,373
System solution products		10,276,344		10,862,204
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Gross Profit
Sensor products	$	18,236,527	$	10,108,193
System solution products		5,602,823		5,216,561
Total	$	23,839,350	$	15,324,754

Revenues by geographical region

Revenue by geographic region, based upon customer location, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Asia (excluding Japan)	$	39,722,012	$	13,427,196
Europe		3,433,387		3,706,835
Japan		7,995,759		6,008,997
North America		16,630,001		14,359,526
Other		371,973		1,149,023
Total	$	68,153,132	$	38,651,577

Total assets by geographical region

Total assets by geographical region are as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
United States	$	54,144,187	$	56,250,073
China		71,877,989		60,172,360
Japan		1,510,343		1,242,663
Total	$	127,532,519	$	117,665,096

Total long-lived assets by geographical region are as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
United States	$	830,826	$	1,034,156
China		30,166,756		20,980,268
Japan		907		1,078
Total	$	30,998,489	$	22,015,502

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (Parentheticals) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
Acquired cash	$ 352,247

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (Parentheticals) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts (in Dollars)	$ 6,441	$ 6,441
Common stock, par value; (in Dollars per share)	$ 0.00001	$ 0.00001
Common stock, authorized, shares;	45,000,000	45,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	23,983,813	23,810,613
Common stock, shares outstanding	23,983,813	23,810,613

XML

Note 10 - Note Payable to Bank

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Debt Disclosure [Text Block]

10.  NOTE PAYABLE TO BANK

On June 30, 2010, MTS, a wholly owned subsidiary of MEMSIC Semiconductor, entered into a five-year project loan agreement with Agricultural Bank of China. The total loan available is $20 million, of which $15 million was designated by the Company for the purchase of substantially all the assets acquired from Crossbow Technology, Inc., $3 million for working capital purposes and $2 million for the purchase of equipment to be used in the manufacture of the Company’s system solution products.

The loan is collateralized by the buildings and land owned by MEMSIC Semiconductor as well as the land and intellectual property owned or to be purchased by MTS. The interest rate of the loan is a variable rate, adjusted semi-annually based on the LIBOR rate plus 4.00%. MTS has obtained agreement from the local government in Wuxi, China to fully subsidize the interest expense on a quarterly basis. No financial covenants are required for this loan. As of December 31, 2011, MTS has withdrawn an amount of $17.9 million and has $2.1 million available for borrowing. Interest expense paid and subsidized by the Wuxi government for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.9 million.  In the remote event the Wuxi government is unable to fulfill its obligation, the Company would recognize the interest expense in its income statement. The repayment schedule of the principal amount is as follows:

Date	Payment Amount
June 29, 2012	$	500,000
June 29, 2013	$	1,000,000
June 29, 2014	$	2,500,000
June 29, 2015	$	13,930,000
	$	17,930,000

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 13, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	MEMSIC INC
Document Type	10-K
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		23,989,323
Entity Public Float			$ 40,713,239
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Central Index Key	0001386198
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

Note 11 - Common Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Text Block]

11. COMMON STOCK

The Company reserved 5,990,405 and 4,525,968 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for outstanding options to purchase common stock.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Net sales	$ 68,153,132	$ 38,651,577
Cost of goods sold	44,313,782	23,326,823
Gross profit	23,839,350	15,324,754
Operating expenses:
Research and development	8,553,569	8,697,981
Sales and marketing	6,892,303	5,092,353
General and administrative	10,354,798	8,546,722
Amortization expense	1,627,692	1,549,377
Impairment of goodwill	4,492,000
Total operating expenses	31,920,362	23,886,433
Operating loss	(8,081,012)	(8,561,679)
Other income:
Interest and dividend income	437,655	442,167
Foreign exchange gain	1,153,822	682,290
Other, net	564,489	132,992
Total other income	2,155,966	1,257,449
Loss before income taxes	(5,925,046)	(7,304,230)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	77,397	(5,628)
Net loss	(6,002,443)	(7,298,602)
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest	82,127	64,111
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$ (6,084,570)	$ (7,362,713)
Net loss per common share to MEMSIC, Inc.:
Basic (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.26)	$ (0.31)
Diluted (in Dollars per share)	$ (0.26)	$ (0.31)
Weighted average shares outstanding used in calculating net loss per common share:
Basic (in Shares)	23,827,937	23,803,414
Diluted (in Shares)	23,827,937	23,803,414

XML

Note 5 - Long-Term Investments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Investment Holdings [Text Block]

5. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

Investments held by the Company at December 31, 2011 consisted primarily of auction rate securities, or ARS, and are considered available for sale. These securities reset the interest or dividend rates by auctions held at intervals of 7, 28, 35 or 49 days, and at such dates the Company has the option to sell such securities. The auction rate securities held by the Company have contractual maturities of greater than 10 years.

These investments are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, if any, net of tax, reported in other comprehensive income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividends on securities are included in interest and dividend income. Quarterly, management reviews the valuation of investments and considers whether any decline in value is deemed to be other than a temporary decline.

At December 31, 2011, the Company held one ARS investment: Illinois Educational Facilities Authority Select Auction Variable Rate Securities having a value at par of $3.0 million with a maturity date in 2028.  The carrying value of this investment at December 31, 2011 was $2.6 million, net of a $0.4 million temporary unrealized impairment loss. The Company has classified this investment as a long-term asset due to liquidity issues experienced in global credit and capital markets as well as failed auctions since the first quarter of 2008. A failed auction means that the amount of securities submitted for sale at auction exceeded the amount of purchase orders. If an auction fails, the issuer becomes obligated to pay interest at penalty rates, and all of the auction rate securities the Company holds continue to pay interest in accordance with their stated terms. However, the failed auctions create uncertainty as to the liquidity of these securities.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company received $2.4 million from a full redemption of the Montana Health Facility Authority Select Auction Variable Rate Securities previously held by the Company.

Based on the Company’s expected operating cash flows, and other sources of cash, the Company does not expect the potential lack of liquidity in these investments to affect its ability to execute its current business plan in the near term.

Fair Value Measurement

The Company accounts for assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed in the financial statements at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 820.

ASC Topic 820 provides that fair value is an exit price, representing the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants based on the highest and best use of the asset or liability. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 requires the Company to use valuation techniques to measure fair value that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized as follows:

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets

Level 2: Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities or market-corroborated inputs

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about how market participants would price the assets or liabilities

The valuation techniques that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

A. Market approach - Uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities

B. Income approach - Uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount based on current market expectations about those future amounts, including present value techniques, option-pricing models and excess earnings methods

C. Cost approach - Based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement cost)

The Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period include (in thousands):

	Carrying amount as of December 31, 2011		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Valuation Technique
Auction rate securities	$	2,600	$	-	$	-	$	2,600	(B)

The reconciliation of the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows (in thousands):

	Auction Rate Securities
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	5,020
Redemptions		(2,420	)
Transfers to Level 3		-
Gains and losses:
Reported in earnings		-
Reported in other comprehensive loss		-
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2,600

The Company initially accounted for the ARS held in its portfolio as available-for-sale investments. The carrying value of these ARS approximated fair value due to the frequent resetting of the interest rate. While the Company continues to earn interest at the specified contractual rate on those investments involved in failed auctions, due to the ongoing failed auctions and the illiquidity of these securities under current market conditions, the Company has considered whether par value continues to be a reasonable basis for estimating the fair value of these ARS at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  The Company estimated the fair value of these securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 using broker valuations and internally-developed models of the expected future cash flows related to the securities as well as referencing a third party specialist’s valuation. One of the more significant assumptions made in the Company’s internally-developed models was the term of expected cash flows of the underlying auction rate securities and the discount related to the illiquidity of the investments. The Company developed several scenarios for the liquidation of the auction rate securities over periods that ranged from 3 to 7 years. In estimating the fair value of these investments, the Company considered the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, the magnitude of the losses compared to the investments' cost, the length of time the investments have been in an unrealized loss position, the low probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security, whether the security has been downgraded by a rating agency, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold these investments until the anticipated recovery in market value occurs. Based on the estimated operating cash flows and other sources of cash, the Company intends to hold these auction rate securities for the foreseeable future.

The Company’s valuation analysis for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted in no change to the  unrealized impairment loss recorded at December 31, 2010. The total unrealized impairment loss at December 31, 2011 was $400,000. The Company continues to monitor the market for auction rate securities and to assess its impact on the fair value of the Company’s investments. If current market conditions deteriorate further, the Company may be required to record additional temporary unrealized losses in other comprehensive income (loss) or, if the decline in fair value is judged to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the individual security may be written off to fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write-down would be reflected as a charge to earnings.

XML

Note 4 -Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising costs were not material for the periods presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

The Company has presented cash on hand associated with advance research funding received from the Chinese government as restricted cash since the cash must be maintained in a separate bank account and used only for specified research projects.

Advance Research Funding

Advance research funding represents research funding granted by the Chinese government for specific research and development projects the Company is taking on. The amount received is initially recorded as a liability and subsequently recognized as a credit to research and development expenses in the statements of operations, or to the carrying value of equipment purchased for the projects as the Company performs the project and has complied with the conditions or performance obligations attached to the related government grants.

Advance research funding activities for year ended December 31, 2011 are as follows:

	Advanced Research Funding
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	2,928,933
Funds received		1,908,024
Research and development activities		(498,215	)
Property and equipment expenditures		(547,553	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	3,791,189

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments consist primarily of bank certificate deposits, government and municipal bonds with maturities of one year or less. The Company classifies it short-term investments as “held-to-maturity”, which are carried at amortized cost.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s manufacturing operations and certain other operations are conducted by MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and Wuxi WSN. The functional currency of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and Wuxi WSN is the Renminbi. Financial transactions between the Company and MEMSIC Semiconductor and MTS are conducted in United States dollars. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the underlying currency for approximately 56.4% and 51.1% of consolidated assets, respectively, was the Renminbi. The functional currency of the acquired joint venture Crossbow Japan is the Japanese Yen. Financial transactions between the Company and Crossbow Japan are conducted in United States dollars. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the underlying currency for approximately 1.2% and 1.1% of consolidated assets, respectively, was the Japanese Yen.  The Company does not believe that it is subject to significant foreign exchange risk and, accordingly, has not utilized hedging strategies with respect to such foreign exchange exposure.

The financial statements of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS, Wuxi WSN and Crossbow Japan are translated into United States dollars in accordance with United States GAAP. The functional currencies of MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS, Wuxi WSN and Crossbow Japan are translated into United States dollars utilizing the following method: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the end of the period, and revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rate during the year. Cumulative translation gains and losses are included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and reported as a part of comprehensive income. Transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, established the standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income (loss) in financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) is defined to include all changes in stockholders’ equity during the period other than those changes that result from investments by and distributions to stockholders.

Concentration of Credit

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents as well as accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are on deposit at financial institutions and, at times, exceed the federal insured limits. The Company believes that the financial institutions are of high credit quality and that the Company is not subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

The Company, as indicated below, has customers that comprise more than 10% of sales or accounts receivables for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company establishes credit limits for each of its customers and reviews such limits prior to product shipment. The Company believes that the customers indicated below are of high credit quality and that the Company is not subject to unusual risk with respect to such customers, and generally does not require collateral. The following schedule summarizes the percent of total sales to each customer that accounted for 10% or more of our total sales in either 2011 or 2010.

	For the Year Ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010
Customer I		37.4	%		4.2	%
Customer II		18.3			26.2
% of total sales		55.6	%		30.4	%

The following schedule summarizes the percent of total accounts receivable balances for these customers for the periods indicated.

	Year ended December 31,
Customer	2011			2010
Customer I		37.5	%		3.9	%
Customer II		36.8			43.2
% of total accounts receivable		74.3	%		47.1	%

Concentration of Supplier

The Company relies on one affiliated supplier for all wafer purchases required in the manufacturing process, other than those used in the Company’s magnetic sensor products. Investment funds controlled by this supplier beneficially own approximately 9.8% of the Company’s common stock, and one of the Company’s directors is the managing partner and chief financial officer of these funds. Purchases from this affiliated supplier represent approximately 29% and 40% of all material costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively, presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $592,000 of non-cancellable open purchase order agreements with this affiliated supplier, and the Company’s accounts payable at December 31, 2011 include $0.7 million due to this supplier.

Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect at the date of the financial statements the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and accrued expenses, approximate their fair values due to the short term nature of the instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, carryforward tax losses and available tax credits. Such assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates and laws expected to be in effect at the time of their reversal or utilization. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce the net deferred tax asset to an amount more likely than not to be realized. For interim reporting periods, the Company uses the estimated annual effective tax rate except with respect to discrete items, whose impact is recognized in the interim period in which the discrete item occurred.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets relate to issued and applied for patents on the Company’s core technology, gas meter processing know-how purchased in May 2008 and intellectual property related to the Company’s January 2010 acquisition of assets from Crossbow Technology, Inc.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (weighted average FIFO) or market. The Company evaluates its inventory for potential excess and obsolete inventories based on forecasted demand and records a provision for such amounts as necessary.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting, depreciation is provided utilizing straight-line method over the estimated two to ten-year life for equipment and furniture and fixtures, the estimated twenty year life for the building in China, and the estimated forty-seven year life for land in China. Chinese statutory regulations stipulate that the ownership of land reverts back to the PRC after forty-seven years. The Company estimates a residual value of 10% of the assets’ original cost in calculating depreciation for assets in China. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the useful life or term of the lease. Costs for repairs and maintenance that do not increase the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of its product to end customers when all of the following conditions have been met: (i) evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer, typically consisting of a purchase order or contract; (ii) the Company’s products have been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the customer; (iii) the Company has completed all of the necessary terms of the purchase order or contract; (iv) the amount of revenue to which the Company is entitled is fixed or determinable; and (v) the Company believes it is probable that it will be able to collect the amount due from the customer. To the extent that one or more of these conditions has not been satisfied, the Company defers recognition of revenue. An allowance for estimated future product returns and sales price allowances is established at the date of revenue recognition. An allowance for uncollectible receivables is established by a charge to operations when, in the opinion of the Company, it is probable that the amount due to the Company will not be collected.

The Company sells its products to distributors as well as to end customers. Sales to distributors are made pursuant to distributor agreements, which allow for the return of goods under certain circumstances. Accordingly, the Company follows the following criteria for recognition of sales to distributors: (i) the selling price to the distributor is fixed or determinable at the date of shipment; (ii) the distributor’s obligation to pay the selling price is not contingent on resale of the product; (iii) the Company’s product has been shipped and risk of loss has passed to the distributor; (iv) it is probable that the amount due from the distributor will be collected; (v) the Company does not have significant future obligations to directly assist in the distributor’s resale of the product; and (vi) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. Once these criteria are met, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment to the distributor and estimates returns based on historical sales returns.

Shipping and Handling costs

Shipping and handling costs incurred are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based payments to employees based on requirements that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, shall be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. The cost of equity-based service awards is based on the grant-date fair value of the award and is recognized over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period). Stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees are accounted for utilizing the fair value method or, if a more reliable measurement, the value of the services or consideration received. The resulting compensation expense is recognized for financial reporting over the term of performance or vesting.

Warranty Reserve

The Company’s products are warranted against manufacturing defects for twelve months following the date of sale (eighteen months following date of sale to a distributor). Products returned under the provisions of the warranty agreement require the pre-approval of the Company. The Company’s sole obligation under the provisions of the warranty agreement is to replace or repair the product. Reserves for potential warranty claims are provided at the time of revenue recognition and are based on several factors including historical claims experience, current sales levels and the Company’s estimate of repair costs. To date, warranty expenses have not been significant.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the FASB amended ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. This amendment is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the annual goodwill impairment test by providing entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. The amended provisions are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. However, early adoption is permitted if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. This amendment impacts testing steps only and, therefore, adoption will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB amended ASC 220, Comprehensive Income. This amendment was issued to enhance comparability between entities that report under GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and to provide a more consistent method of presenting non-owner transactions that affect an entity’s equity. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity. The amended provisions are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, and full retrospective application is required. This amendment impacts presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU No. 2011-04). The amendments in this update apply to all reporting entities that are required or permitted to measure or disclose the fair value of an asset, a liability, or an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity in the financial statements. ASU No. 2011-04 does not extend the use of fair value accounting, but provides guidance on how it should be applied where its use is already required or permitted by other standards within U.S. GAAP or IFRS. ASU No. 2011-04 changes the wording used to describe many requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Additionally, ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies the FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are to be applied prospectively. For public entities, the amendments are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early application by public entities is not permitted. The Company does not expect the provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 to have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements.  ASU No. 2009-13 addresses the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. This guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) vendor-specific objective evidence; (b) third-party evidence; or (c) estimates. This guidance also eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. In addition, this guidance significantly expands required disclosures related to a vendor’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. ASU No. 2009-13 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and early adoption is permitted. A company may elect, but will not be required, to adopt the amendments in ASU No. 2009-13 retrospectively for all prior periods. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or statement of operations.

XML

Note 16 - Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

The Company leases its United States corporate headquarter facility, its California and Chicago offices and certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2015. The Company owns the property utilized for manufacturing and certain other operations located in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province, in the PRC.

At December 31, 2011, future minimum annual noncancelable operating lease commitments were $369,000, $271,000, $208,000 and $159,000 for 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $436,000 and $380,000, respectively.

Licensing Agreement and Marketing Agreements

In connection with its initial capitalization, the Company was assigned a technology license related to the design, manufacture and sale of low-cost thermal accelerometers from Analog Devices, Inc. The Company agreed to fulfill the obligations under the technology license, including royalty obligations to a university and patent prosecution expenses. While the Company believes that the agreements as a whole provide it with exclusive rights to the license and the patents, there can be no assurance that, if a third party challenges the validity of the patents, the Company will prevail and continue exclusive rights to the licensed technology and patents.

The license agreement provides that the Company must pay the university a quarterly royalty of 1% of net sales, not to exceed $100,000 per year, during the term of the license agreement. The Company paid royalty fees in the amount of $100,000 in 2011 and 2010, and recorded such amounts to general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd. Investment Contribution Agreement

Under the November 2011 MEMSIC Wuxi Wireless Sensor Network Technology Co., Ltd. Investment Contribution Agreement, Wuxi WSN is expected to increase its total registered capital to up to RMB30 million (approximately $4.8 million) within two years. For the additional investment, MTS is expected to contribute certain intangible assets with an assessed value equal to the incremental investment of RMB16 million (approximately $2.5 million). If the assessed value of the contributed intangible assets is less than RMB16 million, MTS will make up the deficiency in cash in order to bring the total investment from MTS to RMB20 million, representing 66.67% of the total equity.

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan (the Plan) whereby employees may elect to defer a portion of their salary and contribute the deferred portion to the Plan. The Plan covers substantially all Unites States employees of the Company. The Company contributes an amount equal to 100% of the amount contributed by each employee, up to 2% of their base compensation. The Company’s matching contributions vest over a four year period. Employee contributions and the Company’s matching contributions are invested in one or more collective investment funds at the participant’s direction. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s contributions, including administrative fees, were approximately $54,657 and $55,716, respectively.

Other

The Company may be subject to claims that arise out of the ordinary course of business in legal disputes which arise in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

XML

Note 12 - Stock Incentive Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Shareholders' Equity and Share-based Payments [Text Block]

12. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

Description of Plan

On March 29, 2000, the Company’s stockholders and board of directors approved the 2000 Omnibus Stock Plan (the “2000 Plan”), as amended, under which 2,969,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to directors, officers, employees, and consultants.  With the adoption of the 2007 Plan discussed below, the Company no longer grants awards under the 2000 Plan.

On August 22, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 Plan”), under which up to 3,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may become available for issuance. At the adoption date, 1,526,425 shares were reserved for issuance. The reserved amount will increase by 300,000 shares at each of the five anniversaries of the adoption date, for a maximum of 3,000,000 shares issuable under the 2007 Plan.

Options granted under the 2000 Plan and the 2007 Plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Both the 2000 Plan and the 2007 Plan provide that the exercise price of incentive stock options must be at least equal to the market value of the Company’s common stock at the date such option is granted. For incentive stock option grants to an employee who owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, the exercise price of the incentive stock option must be not less than 110% of market value at the time of grant. Granted options expire in ten years or less from the date of grant and vest based on the terms of the awards, generally ratably over four years.

Prior to December 19, 2007, there was no public market for the Company’s common stock. Accordingly, the board of directors determined the market value of the common stock at the date of grant by considering a number of relevant factors, including the Company’s operating and financial performance and corporate milestones achieved, the prices at which shares of convertible preferred stock in arm’s-length transactions were sold, the composition of and changes to the management team, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the common stock at the time of each grant and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying stock options.

On December 9, 2009, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan (the “2009 Plan”) with an effective date on January 15, 2010, the closing date of the acquisition of Crossbow assets. Under the 2009 Plan, up to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may become available for issuance. On December 23, 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved an Amended and Restated 2009 Nonqualified Inducement Stock Option Plan (the “Amended and Restated Plan”) and an increase in shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance under the Amended and Restated Plan from 1,250,000 to 2,500,000. Except as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors, the form of option to be employed under the Amended and Restated Plan shall be substantially identical to the form of nonqualified option customarily used under the Company’s 2007 Stock Incentive Plan.

On June 29, 2011 at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders and board of directors approved the amendment and restatement of the Company’s 2007 Plan. The Amended and Restated 2007 Plan

· permits the granting of restricted stock units (“RSU”), performance-based stock awards and stock appreciation rights;

· eliminates the ability to reprice options;

· extends the expiration date of the plan to June 29, 2021;

· provides that awards may qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

· incorporates certain other administrative provisions.

The approval of the amendment and restatement of the 2007 Plan does not change the number of shares available for awards under the 2007 Plan.

Valuation of Stock Options

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the grant-date fair value of an option award. The key input assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model include: (i) the risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at the grant date, (ii) the expected life of the options is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior; (iii) volatility is based on the implied volatility of the Company’s common stock, which the Company believes results in the best estimate of the grant-date fair value of employee stock options because it reflects the market’s current expectations of future volatility. Prior to January 1, 2010, due to limited historical information on the volatility of the Company’s common stock, the Company determined the volatility for options based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that issued options with substantially similar terms; and (iv) dividend yield of zero, as the Company has not paid dividends in the past and it does not expect to in the foreseeable future. The Company utilizes historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

During the third and fourth quarter of 2011, the company only granted restricted stock units and did not grant any stock options. The weighted-average fair values per share of the options granted during 2011 and 2010 were $1.97 and $2.00, respectively, utilizing the following assumptions:

	For the Year Ended
	December 31,
	2011	2010
Volatility	64%	64% - 70%
Expected dividend yield	0%	0%
Expected life	5.6 - 5.8 years	5.0 - 6.0 years
Risk free interest rate	2.20% - 2.34%	1.67%-2.65%
Forfeitures	36% - 37%	36%- 37%

The Company accounts for stock options granted to consultants using the fair value method for the calculation of compensation cost. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded compensation expense for stock option grants to consultants in the amount of $0 and $42,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for stock options granted to the Company’s employees and directors was estimated to approximate $2.1 million.

The stock option activity under the 2000, 2007 and 2009 Stock Plan is as follows:

				Weighted		Remaining
	Options			Average		Contractual		Aggregrate
	Outstanding			Exercise Price		Term in Years		Intrinsic Value
Options outstanding at January 1, 2011		2,588,080		$	4.76		7.4	$	1,863,883
Granted		305,000			3.40
Exercised		(33,200	)		1.68
Cancelled		(521,075	)		2.85
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011		2,338,805		$	5.00		6.5	$	1,131,474
Options vested at December 31, 2011		1,362,951		$	4.71		5.1	$	917,140
Available for grant at December 31, 2011		2,977,600

The intrinsic values (aggregate market value minus aggregate exercise price) of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $34,494 and $19,280, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1,121,000 and $1,267,000, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense attributable to stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSA”) and RSUs was charged as follows:

	For the Year Ended
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Research and development	$	265,953	$	226,299
Sales and marketing		184,431		178,837
General and administrative		1,144,850		1,075,424
Total	$	1,595,234	$	1,480,560

The Company accounts for RSAs and RSUs using the fair value at the date of the grant for the calculation of compensation cost. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense for RSAs and RSUs in the amount of $199,000 and $119,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, total unrecognized compensation expenses related to non-vested RSAs and RSUs were $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. These expenses are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years for RSAs and 3.6 years for RSUs.

A summary of RSA activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

			Weighted
			Average
			Market Value
	Shares		at Grant Date
Nonvested at January 1, 2011A		-	$	-
Awarded		140,000		3.41
Released		-		-
Forfeited		-		-
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		140,000	$	3.41

A summary of RSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

				Weighted
				Average
				Market Value
	Shares			at Grant Date
Nonvested at January 1, 2011		-		$	-
Awarded		581,000			3.12
Released		-			-
Forfeited		(47,000	)		3.08
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		534,000		$	3.12

XML

Note 8 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

8.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess cost of the Crossbow asset acquisition over the net fair value allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and to the acquired intangible asset that does not qualify for separate recognition according to ASC Topic 805. All goodwill acquired in the Crossbow acquisition has been allocated to the Company’s system solutions product segment. The factors that account for the goodwill include the following synergies:

· Combined enhanced technical capability – the Company’s low cost sensing technology combined with Crossbow’s system integration expertise enables the Company to develop low-cost, high performance integrated sensing system products.

· Synergistic expanded customer base in stable markets – the acquisition gave the Company access to industrial and aerospace markets that generally offer higher margins and more stability than its current mobile and consumer markets.

· Increased growth opportunity for the acquired business lines in the China market by utilizing the Company’s China sales channels and resources.

· The opportunity to leverage the Company’s low cost manufacturing capacity in China to reduce the manufacturing cost of the acquired system products and improve gross margin.

The Company evaluates the goodwill annually at the end of the year. In December 2011 the Company performed an impairment test for goodwill and the Company’s management reached a conclusion after two years of operations that the system solutions business was not likely to grow as originally forecasted without creating new market applications with new and upgraded products. The Company concluded that this slower than anticipated growth represented an indicator of impairment of the goodwill associated with the acquired assets. The Company concluded that impairment existed as of December 31, 2011 and recorded an impairment charge of $4.5 million in 2011. The ending balance of goodwill at December 31, 2011 was $607,000.

The Company determined the goodwill impairment according to ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and ASC Topic 360, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, using a two-step method. In the first step, it compared the estimated fair value of its system solution product reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill and it indicated an impairment.

The determination of the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit included two valuation methods: the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, the Company considered the discounted cash flow (DCF) method. Under the market approach, it considered the guideline public company (GPC). The income approach provides a method for incorporating the Company’s long term forecast into the determination of value. Judgment is required when performing adjustments to the forecast, selecting an appropriate discount rate and determining a terminal value. The market approach provides a method for incorporating market prices and multiples into the determination of value. Judgment is required when selecting guideline companies and transactions and when adjusting the multiples. Under the guideline public company method, value was estimated based on multiples of 2011 revenues and 2012 projected revenues. The Company compared our system solution product reporting unit to the guideline public companies in terms of size, profit margins and revenue growth rates. The guideline public company multiples were discounted based on these comparisons. A premium for control of 17% was applied to the value indicated by the guideline public company method. We have applied equal weighting to the income and GPC approaches. We tested the reasonableness of the fair value conclusion by calculating value using the DCF method and the GPC method, comparing the fair value conclusion to the market capitalization of the parent company.

As a result of this analysis, the Company concluded that the fair value of our system solution product reporting unit was less than the carrying amount, indicating an impairment.

According to ASC Topic 350, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, step two is required to determine the amount of the impairment loss. Step two requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of the system solution product segment, including any unrecognized intangible assets, and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Any remaining unallocated fair value represents the implied fair value of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value of goodwill to compute the goodwill impairment amount. The Company followed these steps and calculated the goodwill impairment to be $4.5 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company will continue to perform an annual impairment test for goodwill at the end of each fiscal year to determine potential impairment of the remaining goodwill. In addition to the annual goodwill impairment test, an interim test for goodwill impairment will be completed when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset.

The carrying amount of goodwill and activity for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	Sensor business segment		System solution business segment			Total
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	-	$	4,919,513		$	4,919,513
Impairment charge		-		(4,492,000	)		(4,492,000	)
Foreign exchange impact		-		179,463			179,463
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	-	$	606,976		$	606,976

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets relate to issued and applied-for patents on the Company’s core technology and gas meter processing know-how purchased in May 2008, as well as trademarks, customer relationships and developed technology acquired from Crossbow Technology, Inc. on January 15, 2010.

Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2011:

	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount		Expected life (Years)
December 31, 2011
Patents	$	1,219,129	$	(277,804	)	$	941,325		15
Know-how		593,240		(405,563	)		187,677		5
Trademarks		408,000		(399,500	)		8,500		2
Customer relationships		4,918,690		(1,031,441	)		3,887,249		8-10
Developed technology		7,544,929		(1,478,148	)		6,066,781		8-10
	$	14,683,988	$	(3,592,456	)	$	11,091,532
December 31, 2010
Patents	$	1,015,736	$	(207,125	)	$	808,611		15
Know-how		532,536		(274,991	)		257,545		5
Trademarks		396,730		(190,100	)		206,630		2
Customer relationships		4,619,236		(484,868	)		4,134,368		8-10
Developed technology		7,195,004		(707,830	)		6,487,174		8-10
	$	13,759,242	$	(1,864,914	)	$	11,894,328

Amortization expense expected over the next five years (2012 and beyond) is approximately $1.3 million per year. Amortization expense amounted to $1.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  Changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets included the impact from foreign exchange rate.

The Company has considered the cash flows associated with the valuation of the definite-lived intangible assets and concluded that the straight-line amortization method best approximates the economic pattern of usefulness of those assets.

XML

Note 6 - Inventories

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Inventory Disclosure [Text Block]

6.  INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Raw materials	$	5,106,112	$	3,583,679
Work in process		3,258,397		3,276,095
Finished units		3,094,644		2,063,353
Total	$	11,459,153	$	8,923,127

XML

Note 7 - Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Land	$	4,531,177	$	4,321,026
Building and improvements		17,642,165		7,881,596
Machinery and equipment		17,270,155		15,029,596
Computer hardware and software		1,153,730		1,040,898
Construction-in-progress		3,585,156		3,451,689
Total property and equipment, at cost		44,182,383		31,724,805
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		13,183,894		9,709,303
Property and equipment, net	$	30,998,489	$	22,015,502

The Company has completed the first phase of construction of two new buildings adjacent to its current facility in Wuxi, China, comprising 20,800 square meters, consisting of 8,700 square meters for a new research and development institute and 12,100 square meters of new manufacturing facilities. Phase two includes the furnishing and equipment of the manufacturing facility. By the end of 2011, the Company completed one third of phase two to furnish and equip the new manufacturing building.

In June 2010, the Company purchased a piece of land in Wuxi for approximately $4 million to build the MTS manufacturing facility.  In August 2011, the Company completed construction of the MTS manufacturing facility with 14,000 square meters of total space to host the manufacturing of its system solution products. The construction cost of approximately $8.1 million was financed by the local Chinese government. The Company is currently negotiating with the local Chinese government the terms of an arrangement under which the Company expects either to lease the building for five years or to purchase the building at cost from the government within five years. The $8.1 million cost of construction of the building is reflected as a long-term liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

XML

Note 9 - Accrued Expenses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities Disclosure [Text Block]

9. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Accrued compensation	$	1,244,690	$	1,891,400
Professional fees		347,242		403,570
Other		1,039,034		674,869
Total accrued expenses	$	2,630,966	$	2,969,839

XML

Note 14 - Net Loss Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Text Block]

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE

The calculation for basic and diluted net loss per share is as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,084,570	)	$	(7,362,713	)
Denominator:
Basic weighted average shares		23,827,937			23,803,414
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents		-			-
Diluted weighted average shares		23,827,937			23,803,414
Net loss per common share	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.31	)

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had 1.5 million each year dilutive potential common shares in the form of stock options which were not included in the computation of net loss per diluted share because these stock options would be anti-dilutive.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $)	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Parent [Member]	Noncontrolling Interest [Member]	Total
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	$ 238	$ 98,112,408	$ 2,218,496	$ (6,460,852)	$ 93,870,290		$ 93,870,290
Ending Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2009	23,793,113
Net income/loss				(7,362,713)	(7,362,713)	64,111	(7,298,602)
Foreign currency translation adjustment			963,876		963,876		963,876
Unrealized loss on auction rate securities			(153,000)		(153,000)		(153,000)
Comprehensive income/loss					(6,551,837)	64,111	(6,487,726)
Exercise of options to purchase common stock Shares (in Shares)	17,500
Exercise of options to purchase common stock	0	22,410			22,410		22,410
Stock compensation expense		1,480,560			1,480,560		1,480,560
Acquisition of minority interest						349,478	349,478
Dividend paid						(52,144)	(52,144)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	238	99,615,378	3,029,372	(13,823,565)	88,821,423	361,445	89,182,868
Ending Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2010	23,810,613
Net income/loss				(6,084,570)	(6,084,570)	82,127	(6,002,443)
Foreign currency translation adjustment			1,334,755		1,334,755	(3,025)	1,331,730
Unrealized loss on short-term investment			(197)		(197)		(197)
Comprehensive income/loss			1,334,558	(6,084,570)	(4,750,012)	79,102	(4,670,910)
Exercise of options to purchase common stock Shares (in Shares)	33,200
Exercise of options to purchase common stock	1	55,661			55,662		55,662
Issuance of restricted stock award (in Shares)	140,000
Issuance of restricted stock award	1	(1)
Stock compensation expense		1,595,234			1,595,234		1,595,234
Acquisition of minority interest						317,767	317,767
Dividend paid						(25,330)	(25,330)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 240	$ 101,266,272	$ 4,363,930	$ (19,908,135)	$ 85,722,307	$ 732,984	$ 86,455,291
Ending Balance (in Shares) at Dec. 31, 2011	23,983,813

XML

Note 3 - Basis of Presentation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Business Combination Disclosure [Text Block]

3. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MEMSIC, Inc., MEMSIC Semiconductor, MTS and the Company’s majority owned and controlled joint ventures, Crossbow Japan and Wuxi WSN.  The Company presents all of Crossbow Japan’s assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as the non-controlling interest in Crossbow Japan (representing the 49% equity interest in the entity not owned by the Company), in its consolidated financial statements.   The Company also presents all of Wuxi WSN’s assets and liabilities as well as the non-controlling interest in Wuxi WSN (representing 33.3% equity interest in the entity not owned by the Company), in its consolidated financial statements.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

XML

Note 13 - Comprehensive Loss

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Note [Text Block]

13. COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Comprehensive loss is defined to include all changes in stockholders’ equity during the period other than those changes that result from investments by and distributions to stockholders. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s comprehensive loss is the sum of net loss, unrealized loss on investment and the foreign currency translation adjustment, as follows:

	For the Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Net loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.	$	(6,084,570	)	$	(7,362,713	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized loss on short-term investments		(197	)		-
Foreign currency translation adjustment		1,334,755			963,876
Unrealized impairment loss on auction rate securities		-			(153,000	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to MEMSIC, Inc.		(4,750,012	)		(6,551,837	)
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		82,127			64,111
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(3,025	)		-
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest		79,102			64,111
Total comprehensive loss	$	(4,670,910	)	$	(6,487,726	)